LANTRONIX, INC. 10-K
false 2025 FY 0001114925 0001114925 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 2024-12-31 0001114925 2025-08-22 0001114925 2025-04-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 2025-06-30 0001114925 2024-06-30 0001114925 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2023-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2023-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2023-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2023-06-30 0001114925 2023-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:PrepaidSalesCommissionsMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:PrepaidSalesCommissionsMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:ContractWithCustomerPerformanceObligationSatisfiedMember 2024-07-01 0001114925 LTRX:ContractWithCustomerPerformanceObligationSatisfiedMember 2023-07-01 0001114925 LTRX:EmbeddedIoTSolutionsMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:EmbeddedIoTSolutionsMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:IoTSystemSolutionsMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:IoTSystemSolutionsMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:SoftwareAndServicesMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:SoftwareAndServicesMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 srt:AmericasMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 srt:AmericasMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:EMEAMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:EMEAMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:AsiaPacificJapanMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:AsiaPacificJapanMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:ProductMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:ProductMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:ServiceMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:ServiceMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:SupplementalProFormaDataMember 2024-12-23 0001114925 2025-01-01 2025-03-31 0001114925 LTRX:SupplementalProFormaDataMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:SupplementalProFormaDataMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:IOTBusinessMember 2024-12-23 0001114925 LTRX:IOTBusinessMember us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:IOTBusinessMember us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:IOTBusinessMember us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:IOTBusinessMember us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:IOTBusinessMember us-gaap:TrademarksAndTradeNamesMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:IOTBusinessMember us-gaap:TrademarksAndTradeNamesMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:IOTBusinessMember LTRX:CustomerBacklogMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:IOTBusinessMember LTRX:CustomerBacklogMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:ComputerSoftwareAndOfficeEquipmentMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:ComputerSoftwareAndOfficeEquipmentMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:ProductionDevelopmentAndWarehouseMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:ProductionDevelopmentAndWarehouseMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:ConstructionInProgressMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:ConstructionInProgressMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:DevelopedTechnologyMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:DevelopedTechnologyMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:OrderBacklogMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:OrderBacklogMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:TrademarksAndTradeNameMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:TrademarksAndTradeNameMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:CreditFacilitiesMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 2025-08-31 0001114925 LTRX:Plan2010Member 2020-09-30 0001114925 LTRX:Plan2020Member 2020-09-30 0001114925 LTRX:Plan2020Member 2022-11-30 0001114925 LTRX:Plan2020Member 2024-11-30 0001114925 LTRX:Plan2020Member 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:EmployeeStockMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:PerformanceStockUnitsMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:PerformanceStockUnitsMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:PerformanceStockUnitsMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:PerformanceStockUnitsMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:OptionMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:OptionMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:OptionMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:EmployeeStockMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:EmployeeStockMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:EmployeeStockMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:CostOfSalesMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:CostOfSalesMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:PerformanceStockUnitsPSUMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:PerformanceStockUnitsPSUMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 country:US 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 country:US 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:NonUsMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:NonUsMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:OperatingLeaseMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:FinanceLeaseMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 country:US 2025-06-30 0001114925 country:US 2024-06-30 0001114925 country:CA 2025-06-30 0001114925 country:CA 2024-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:RestOfWorldMember 2025-06-30 0001114925 LTRX:RestOfWorldMember 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember LTRX:TopFiveCustomersMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember LTRX:TopFiveCustomersMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember LTRX:CustomerAMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember LTRX:CustomerAMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember LTRX:CustomerBMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AccountsReceivableMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember LTRX:CustomerAMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AccountsReceivableMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember LTRX:CustomerAMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AccountsReceivableMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember LTRX:CustomerBMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:AccountsReceivableMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember LTRX:CustomerCMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMember 2024-07-01 2025-06-30 0001114925 us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMember 2023-07-01 2024-06-30 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares iso4217:USD xbrli:shares xbrli:pure

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

     ANNUAL REPORTPURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025

 

     TRANSITIONREPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ________ to ________

 

Commission File Number 1-16027

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware 33-0362767
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   
48 Discovery, Suite 250 Irvine, California 92618
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

(949) 453-3990

(Registrant’s telephone number, includingarea code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b)of the Act:

  

Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value LTRX The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g)of the Act: None.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-knownseasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not requiredto file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) hasfiled all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (orfor such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements forthe past 90 days. Yes  No 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submittedelectronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter)during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  No 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a largeaccelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitionsof “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “emerginggrowth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  Accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting company
      Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check markif the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standardsprovided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has fileda report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reportingunder Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued itsaudit report.

 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b)of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction ofan error to previously issued financial statements.

 

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error correctionsare restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executiveofficers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b).

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shellcompany (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  No 

 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’scommon stock held by non-affiliates based upon the closing sales price of the common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Capital Market onDecember 31, 2024, the last trading day of the registrant’s second fiscal quarter, was approximately $134,820,000. The determinationof affiliate status for this purpose shall not be a conclusive determination for any other purpose.

 

As of August 22, 2025, there were 39,151,106 sharesof the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statementon Schedule 14A relating to the registrant’s 2025 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and ExchangeCommission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are incorporated by referenceinto Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

   

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2025

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
  Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements ii
     
PART I
     
Item 1. Business 1
     
Item 1A. Risk Factors 7
     
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 23
     
Item 1C. Cybersecurity 23
     
Item 2. Properties 24
     
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 24
     
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 24
     
PART II
     
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 25
     
Item 6. Reserved 25
     
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 25
     
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 36
     
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 36
     
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 36
     
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 37
     
Item 9B. Other Information 38
     
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 38
     
PART III
     
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 39
     
Item 11. Executive Compensation 39
     
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 39
     
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 39
     
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 39
     
PART IV
     
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 40
     
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 44

 

 i 

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025,or this Report, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements are subject tosubstantial risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability establishedby the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Report,or incorporated by reference into this Report, are forward-looking statements. Throughout this Report, we have attempted to identify forward-lookingstatements by using words such as “may,” “believe,” “will,” “could,” “project,”“anticipate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “should,” “continue,” “potential,”“plan,” “forecasts,” “goal,” “seek,” “intend,” other forms of these wordsor similar words or expressions or the negative thereof. Additionally, statements concerning future matters such as our expectedearnings, revenues, expenses and financial condition, our expectations with respect to the development of new products, and other statementsregarding matters that are not historical are forward-looking statements.

 

We have based our forward-looking statements on management’s currentexpectations and projections about trends affecting our business and industry and other future events. Although we do not make forward-lookingstatements unless we believe we have a reasonable basis for doing so, we cannot guarantee their accuracy. Forward-looking statements aresubject to substantial risks and uncertainties that could cause our future business, financial condition, results of operations or performanceto differ materially from our historical results or those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statement contained in this Report.Factors which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and future prospects or which could cause actual results to differmaterially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, those set forth under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of PartI of this Report, as such factors may be updated, amended or superseded from time to time by subsequent quarterly reports on Form 10-Qor current reports on Form 8-K. In addition, actual results may differ as a result of additional risks and uncertainties of which we arecurrently unaware or which we do not currently view as material to our business.

 

You should read this Report in its entirety, together with the documentsthat we file as exhibits to this Report, with the understanding that our future results may be materially different from what we currentlyexpect and should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this Report. The forward-looking statementswe make speak only as of the date on which they are made. We expressly disclaim any intent or obligation to update any forward-lookingstatements after the date hereof to conform such statements to actual results or to changes in our opinions or expectations, except asrequired by applicable law or the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. If we do update or correct any forward-looking statements, investorsshould not conclude that we will make additional updates or corrections.

 

We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 ii 

 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Lantronix Inc. (Nasdaq: LTRX) is a global leader in Edge AI and IndustrialInternet of Things (“IoT”) solutions, delivering intelligent computing, secure connectivity, and remote management for mission-criticalapplications. Serving high-growth markets, including smart cities, enterprise information technology (“IT”), and commercialand defense unmanned systems, we enable customers to optimize operations and accelerate digital transformation. Our comprehensive portfolioof hardware, software, and services powers applications from secure video surveillance and intelligent utility infrastructure to resilientout-of-band network management. By bringing intelligence to the network edge, we help organizations achieve efficiency, security, anda competitive edge in today’s artificial intelligence (“AI”)-driven world.

 

We conduct our business globally and manage our sales teams by three geographicregions: the Americas; Europe, Middle East, and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia Pacific Japan (“APJ”).

 

We organize our portfolio services and products into the followingproduct lines: Embedded IoT Solutions, IoT Systems Solutions, and Software and Engineering Services.

  

References in this Report to “fiscal 2025” refer to the fiscalyear ended June 30, 2025, and references to “fiscal 2024” refer to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. In addition, unlessthe context suggests otherwise, all references in this Report to the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us,”refer to Lantronix, Inc. together with its subsidiaries.

 

Our Strategy

 

We focus on three high-potential vertical markets - smart cities, enterpriseand unmanned aerial systems (“UAS”) (drones). We position ourselves in these markets to deliver complete solutions encompassingour hardware, software, device management, and design services to meet the evolving needs of our customers and address each layer of theIoT stack. Below are customer examples that highlight our impact:

 

  · Smart Cities: We are partnering with various Smart Grid customers that deploy their solutions to enhance grid resiliency and flexibility through intelligence at the edge. We supply customers an entire solution that includes our SmartLV compute and connectivity solutions as well as our design services. This engagement underscores the ongoing value and scalability of our solutions within the growing smart city infrastructure market.
     
  · Enterprise: In the financial sector, we provide solutions to a Tier 1 banking customer to enhance network resiliency using our Out-of-Band Management offerings. Our hardware and software offerings provide secure alternative pathways for critical infrastructure, including servers, networks, and routers. These solutions not only bolster cybersecurity and tracking but also improve operational efficiency through enhanced automation, uptime, and resiliency.
     
  · Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS): We are advancing the UAS market through our Qualcomm Dragonwing–based system-on-modules (“SoM”), purpose-built for industrial drone applications with particular focus on defense and security. We are working with customers to deliver high-performance compute at the edge for flight control, video processing, and AI-enabled situational awareness. In parallel, we are pursuing opportunities with additional UAS manufacturers in industrial, inspection, and defense segments.

 

 

 

 1 

 

 

Our growth strategy centers on continuous innovation and strategic acquisitionsdesigned to increase scale, broaden our scope, and enhance our value proposition. This approach allows us to address a broader spectrumof our customers’ operational needs, positioning Lantronix as a strategic partner rather than just a vendor. Our acquisitions andinnovations have expanded our capabilities in key areas such as critical infrastructure and connected transportation solutions, drivingdeeper customer engagement and market penetration.

 

By focusing on these strategic priorities, we continue to strengthen ourcompetitive position and attract new customers across a wide variety of applications. Looking ahead, we plan to capitalize on market opportunitiesby further enhancing our product offerings, expanding geographically, and pursuing targeted acquisitions that align with our long-termgrowth objectives.

 

Products and Solutions

 

Embedded IoT Solutions

 

Our embedded product portfolio includes a broad range of Compute SoM andSystem-in-Package (“SiP”) solutions, together with wired and wireless connectivity products. As semiconductor technology continuesto evolve and integrate more functionality, our compute modules now provide not only processing power but also the ability to run advancedAI and machine learning applications. This enables our customers to process and analyze digital inputs such as video, audio, and sensordata, directly at the device level, reducing latency, enhancing security, and enabling real-time decision making.

 

Our latest SIP devices are designed to process multiple media streams usingComputer Vision (CV) technology, enabling sophisticated edge analytics. These modules are remotely managed via Percepxion™, Lantronix’sCloud IoT Edge Solution software, offering seamless control and monitoring. Typically embedded into customer product designs, Lantronix’sIoT compute products provide application processing that enables edge solutions for data transformation, computer vision, machine learning,augmented/virtual reality, and custom applications.

 

Our products are designed with customer needs in mind, offering pre-certifiedsolutions across multiple regions, significantly reducing regulatory certification costs and expediting time-to-market for OEM customers.Additionally, we provide software tools that further accelerate development, empowering customers to quickly bring their products to marketwhile enhancing their overall value proposition.

 

Our embedded IoT solutions serve a wide range of applications, fromindustrial automation and transportation systems to smart city infrastructure, positioning us as a leading provider of flexible and scalablesolutions in the growing IoT market.

 

IoT System Solutions

 

Our IoT System Solutions portfolio includes a wide range of fully functionalstandalone systems that provide routing, switching or gateway functionalities as well as telematics and media conversion. These productsinclude wired and wireless connections that enhance the value and utility of modern electronic systems and equipment by providing securenetwork connectivity, power for IoT end devices through Power over Ethernet (“PoE”), application hosting, protocol conversion,media conversion, secure access for distributed IoT deployments and many other functions By offering pre-certified products across multipleregions, Lantronix significantly reduces OEM customers’ regulatory certification costs and speeds up their time-to-market.

 

Our PoE products support remote devices such as cameras and wireless accesspoints by passing electrical power along with data on Ethernet cabling, eliminating the need for traditional AC/DC electrical power inhard-to-reach locations. As the adoption of smart city technologies accelerates, our switches provide the critical connectivity, bandwidth,and power needed to support intelligent transportation systems and surveillance networks that safeguard citizens.

 

Our products also incorporate features to perform advanced levels offault management and diagnostics to troubleshoot networks and proactively fix problems. Our media converters and other customer premiseequipment assist customers in resolving challenges in the areas of bandwidth constraints, security risks and distance limitations as networksextend from local area to wide area networks and adapt to ever-increasing end-user demands.

 

 

 

 2 

 

 

Our smart tracking devices are designed to deliver robust data loggingand positional tracking functionality and reliability for supply chain and logistics solutions. Our Industrial IoT devices are designedto be flexible in the field while offering a variety of connectivity options to suit customers’ needs across 4G, 5G and LTE cellularnetworks. These power-efficient products are designed to support communications across interfaces and industrial protocols for vehicle,fleet and asset tracking and equipment management. Many of the products are offered with software tools intended to further accelerateour customers’ time-to-market and increase their value add. Our Industrial IoT products are pre-certified in a number of countries,significantly reducing our OEM customers’ regulatory certification costs and accelerating their time-to-market.

 

As Edge Computing deployment accelerates, Out-of-Band (OOB) Managementallows for full comprehension and control of remote information technology (“IT”) infrastructure across a range of sensors(e.g., temperature, humidity, light, acceleration, open/close, etc.), providing status and alerting while enabling automation and remotecontrol of devices, servers and end stations. OOB uses a dedicated management network to access critical infrastructure components andensure production-independent connectivity. Remote Management allows organizations to effectively monitor and control their enterpriseIT equipment and facilities (environments), either in or out of band, optimizing their IT support resources.

 

Our Advanced OOB product line includes console management, power managementand IP-connected keyboard-video-mouse (commonly referred to as “IPKVM”) products that provide remote access to IT and networkinginfrastructure deployed in test labs, data centers, branch offices, remote sites and server rooms.

 

Software and Engineering Services

 

Our Software as a Service (“SaaS”) platform offers comprehensivesingle-pane-of-glass management for OOB and IoT deployments. Our platform enables customers to easily deploy, monitor, manage and automateacross their global deployments, all from a single platform login, virtually and seamlessly connected as if located directly on each device.Our platform eliminates the need to have 24/7 personnel on site and makes it easy to observe and address issues quickly, even in large-scaledeployments.

 

For OEMs and System Integrators (“SI”) our platform offersmultitenancy functionality for supporting a broad customer base while ensuring customer separation and data security. Over the Air (“OTA”)updates streamline the process of security patches, firmware upgrades and configuration changes, keeping devices up to date and secure.

 

We leverage our deep engineering expertise and product development bestpractices to deliver high-quality, innovative products cost-effectively and on schedule. Our engineering services model is flexible, offeringeither turnkey product development or team augmentation to accelerate complex product development challenges, such as camera tuning, voicecontrol, machine learning, AI, computer vision, augmented/virtual reality, and more.

 

In addition to our production-ready edge computing solutions, we offerexperienced multidisciplinary engineering services across complete aspects of IoT product development, including hardware, software, mechanicalengineering, rapid prototyping, and quality assurance. Our specialized services also extend to camera, audio, and AI/machine learningdevelopment, ensuring our customers can bring cutting-edge products to market faster and with greater reliability.

 

Our engineering design services are a key component of our business model,enabling clients to accelerate product development and market readiness. The services focus on designing and developing high-quality,innovative IoT and embedded solutions. We leverage extensive expertise in hardware and software engineering to provide custom designsfor complex applications, helping customers reduce costs and time-to-market while improving performance and reliability.

 

Our design services are especially valuable in the developmentof IoT systems, remote management solutions, and edge computing applications. Our engineering teams have experience across a range oftechnologies, including embedded systems, wireless connectivity, and custom hardware. By integrating these design services, we offer end-to-endsupport, from concept through to manufacturing, allowing businesses to focus more on core operations while still achieving advanced technologicaloutcomes.

 

This strategy positions us as a go-to partner for companies needing specializedengineering capabilities for industrial, automotive, medical, and other high-tech applications.

 

 

 

 3 

 

 

Net Revenue by Product Line

 

We have one operating and reportable business segment. A summary of ournet revenue by product line is found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”included in Part II, Item 7 of this Report, which is incorporated herein by reference. A discussion of factors potentially affecting ournet revenue and other operating results is set forth in “Risk Factors” included in Part I, Item 1A of this Report, which isincorporated herein by reference.

  

Sales Cycle

 

Our embedded IoT solutions are typically designed into products by OEMs,original design manufacturers (“ODMs”) and contract manufacturers. OEMs design and sell products under their own brand thatare either manufactured by the OEM in-house or by third-party contract manufacturers. ODMs design and manufacture products for third parties,which then sell those products under the third parties’ brands. The design cycles using our embedded solutions typically range fromnine to 24 months and can generate revenue for the entire life cycle of an end user’s product.

 

Our IoT System Solutions are typically sold to end users through value-addedresellers (“VARs”), systems integrators, distributors, online retailers and, to a lesser extent, OEMs. The design cycles forthese products typically range from three to 18 months and are often project-based.

 

Sales Channels

 

Distributors

 

A majority of our sales are made through distributors. Distributors resellour products to a wide variety of resellers and end customers including OEMs, ODMs, VARs, systems integrators, consumers, online retailers,IT resellers, corporate customers and government entities.

 

Resellers

 

Our products are sold by industry-specific system integrators and VARs,who often obtain our products from our distributors. Additionally, our products are sold by direct market resellers such as CDW, ProVantage,and Amazon.com.

 

Direct Sales

 

We sell products directly to larger OEMs and end users. We also maintainan e-commerce site for direct sales.

  

Sales and Marketing

 

We sell our products primarily through an internal sales force, which includesregional sales managers, inside sales personnel and field applications engineers in major regions throughout the world. This team managesour relationships with our partners and end users, identifies and develops new sales opportunities and increases penetration at existingaccounts. We implement marketing programs, tools, and services, including displaying our products at industry-specific events, to generatesales leads and increase demand for our products.

 

 

 

 4 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

Our manufacturing operations are currently conducted through third-partycontract manufacturers. We currently utilize Hana Microelectronics, primarily located in Thailand and China, Honortone and In-Tech primarilylocated in China, and Tailyn, Info-Tek and Rubytech in Taiwan as our contract manufacturers for most of our products. In addition, weuse Marvell Technology Inc., to manage the manufacture of our large-scale integration chips in Taiwan. We manufacture certain productswith final assembly in the U.S. to meet trade compliance requirements.

 

Our contract manufacturers source raw materials, components andintegrated circuits, in accordance with our specifications and forecasts, and perform printed circuit board assembly, final assembly,functional testing and quality control. Our products are manufactured and tested to our specifications with standard and custom components.Many of these components are available from multiple vendors. However, we have several single-sourced supplier relationships, either becausealternative sources are not available or because the relationship is advantageous to us.

  

Research and Development

 

Our research and development efforts are focused on the development ofhardware and software technology to differentiate our products and enhance our competitive position in the markets we serve. Product researchand development is primarily performed in-house and supplemented with outsourced resources.

 

Competition

 

Our industry is highly competitive and characterized by rapid technologicaladvances and evolving industry standards. The market can be affected significantly by new product introductions and marketing activitiesof industry participants. We believe that we compete for customers based on product features, software capabilities, company reputation,brand recognition, technical support, relationships with partners, quality, reliability, product development capabilities, price and availability.A discussion of factors potentially affecting our ability to compete in the markets in which we operate is set forth in “Risk Factors”included in Part I, Item 1A of this Report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Intellectual Property Rights

 

We believe that a considerable portion of our value resides in our intellectualproperty. We have developed proprietary methodologies, tools, processes and software in connection with delivering our products and services.We protect our intellectual property through a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, licenses, non-disclosureagreements and contractual provisions. We enter into a non-disclosure and confidentiality agreement with each of our employees, consultantsand third parties that have access to our proprietary technology. Pursuant to assignment of inventions agreements, all of our employeesand consultants assign to us all intellectual property rights for the relevant inventions created in connection with their employmentor contract with us. We currently hold U.S. and international patents covering various aspects of our products, with additional patentapplications pending.

 

U.S. and Foreign Government Regulation

 

Many of our products are subject to certain mandatory regulatory approvalsin the regions in which our products are deployed. In particular, wireless products must be approved by the relevant government authorityprior to these products being offered for sale. In addition, certain jurisdictions have regulations requiring products to use environmentallyfriendly components. Some of our products employ security technology, which is subject to various U.S. export restrictions.

 

Employees

 

As of August 19, 2025, we had 352 total employees including 351 fulltime employees, none of whom is represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any labor problems resulting in a work stoppageand believe we have good relationships with our employees.

  

 

 

 5 

 

 

Customer and Geographic Concentrations

 

We conduct our business globally and manage our sales teams by threegeographic regions: the Americas; EMEA; and APJ. A discussion of sales to our significant customers and sales within geographic regionsis set forth in Notes 2 and 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report, which is incorporatedherein by reference. A discussion of factors potentially affecting our customer and geographic concentrations is set forth in “RiskFactors” included in Part I, Item 1A of this Report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

  

Available Information

 

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, CurrentReports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements on Schedule 14A and other reports and information that we file or furnish pursuant to the SecuritiesExchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) are available free of charge on our website at www.lantronix.com assoon as reasonably practicable after filing or furnishing such reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regardingissuers that file electronically. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference into this Report. References to our websiteaddress in this Report are inactive textual references only.

 

Information About Our Executive Officers

 

Executive officers serve at the discretion of our board of directors (the“Board”). There are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers. The following table presentsthe names, ages, and positions held by our executive officers as of the date of this Report:

 

Name   Age   Position
Saleel Awsare   60   President and Chief Executive Officer
Brent Stringham   47   Chief Financial Officer
Mathi Gurusamy   54   Chief Product and Strategy Officer
Kurt Hoff   68   Chief Revenue Officer

  

SALEEL AWSARE has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer,and as a member of our Board, since November 2023. Mr. Awsare served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Enterprise andMobile Division of Synaptics Incorporated, a developer of human interface hardware and software, from September to November 2023. Priorto that, Mr. Awsare served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the PC and Peripherals Unit of Synaptics from August 2020 toSeptember 2023; Senior Vice President and General Manager of Synaptics’s IoT Division from April 2019 to July 2020; and Senior VicePresident of Corporate Marketing & Investor Relations at Synaptics from October 2018 until April 2019. Prior to joining Synapticsas Corporate Vice President and General Manager of Audio & Imaging Products in August 2017, Mr. Awsare was President of Conexant Systems,LLC, a software developer and fabless semiconductor company, from March 2016 until Conexant’s acquisition by Synaptics in August2017, and Conexant’s Senior Vice President & General Manager of Audio & Imaging from April 2012 to March 2016. Prior tojoining Conexant, Mr. Awsare served as President of U.S. Operations and General Manager of Audio & Voice Solutions of Nuvoton TechnologyCorporation, a Taiwan-based semiconductor company, from December 2008 to March 2012.

 

BRENT STRINGHAM has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January2025. Mr. Stringham joined Lantronix in 2012 and previously served as the Company’s interim Chief Financial Officer and Chief AccountingOfficer since September 2024. Prior to that, he served as our Senior Director of Finance and Corporate Controller beginning in February2012. Previously, Mr. Stringham served as Controller at Iteris, Inc., a provider of software, hardware and services for smart mobilityinfrastructure management, from January 2009 to February 2012, and Netlist, Inc., a developer and manufacturer of computer memory subsystems,from March 2007 to January 2009. Mr. Stringham was an Audit Manager at Ernst & Young LLP from 2000 to 2007.

 

 

 

 6 

 

 

MATHI GURUSAMY has served as our Chief Product and Strategy Officer sinceApril 2025. Previously Mr. Gurusamy served as our Chief Strategy Officer since May 2024. Prior to joining Lantronix, Mr. Gurusamy servedas Chief Operating Officer at Ikotek USA, Inc., a global provider of original design manufacturing for IoT, from November 2023 to May2024. Mr. Gurusamy served as President at Telit Cinterion, an end-to-end IoT solutions enabler, from October 2022 to October 2023, andpreviously served at Telit as Chief Operating Officer from January 2010 to March 2016 and as Global VP – Operations & SupplyChain from June 2008 to December 2009. He also served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Mobilogix, a startup company specializingin custom IoT solutions, from April 2016 to June 2018 and as Chief Executive Officer and President from June 2018 until Mobilogix’sacquisition by Telit in September 2022.

 

KURT HOFF has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since April 2025. PreviouslyMr. Hoff served as our Vice President of Worldwide Sales since March 2024. Prior to joining Lantronix, Mr. Hoff served as Vice Presidentof Global Sales at MYTHIC AI, a venture-backed AI processor company, from May 2022 to December 2022. Previously, Mr. Hoff served as SeniorVice President of Worldwide Sales at Synaptics Inc., a developer of human interface hardware and software, from July 2017 to July 2020,and at Conexant Systems, Inc., a software developer and fabless semiconductor company, from November 2015 until Conexant’s acquisitionby Synaptics in July 2017. He served as Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales at Silicon Laboratories Inc. from July 2007 until November2015.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

We operate in a rapidly changing environment that involves numerousrisks and uncertainties. Before deciding to purchase, hold or sell our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks describedin this section, as well as other information contained in this Report and in our other filings with the SEC. This section should be readin conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report, and“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Part II, Item 7of this Report. If any of these risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospectscould be materially harmed. In that event, the market price for our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of yourinvestment. In addition, risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also adversely affectour business.

 

Risks Related to Our Operations and Industry

 

We depend upon a relatively small number of distributor and end-usercustomers for a large portion of our revenue, and a decline in sales to these major customers would materially adversely affect our business,financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Historically, we have relied upon a small number of distributors and end-usercustomers for a significant portion of our net revenue. Our customer concentration could fluctuate, depending on future customer requirements,which will depend on market conditions in the industry segments in which our customers participate. The loss of one or more significantcustomers or a decline in sales to our significant customers could result in a material loss of sales and possible increase in excessinventories which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We have experienced and may in the future experience constraintsin the supply of certain materials and components that could affect our operating results.

 

Some of our integrated circuits are only available from a single sourceand in some cases, are no longer being manufactured. From time to time, integrated circuits, and potentially other components used inour products, will be phased out of production by the manufacturer. When this happens, we attempt to purchase sufficient inventory tomeet our needs until a substitute component can be incorporated into our products. Nonetheless, we may be unable to purchase sufficientcomponents to meet our demands, or we may incorrectly forecast our demands, and purchase too many or too few components. In addition,our products use components that have been in the past and may in the future be subject to market shortages and substantial price fluctuations,whether due to a pandemic or epidemic, the war between Ukraine and Russia, conflict in the Middle East, hostilities in the Red Sea, tensionsbetween China and Taiwan, increased tariffs and changes in U.S. trade policies or otherwise. From time to time, we have been unable tomeet customer orders because we were unable to purchase necessary components for our products. We do not have long-term supply arrangementswith most of our vendors to obtain necessary components, including semiconductor chips, or technology for our products and instead purchasecomponents on a purchase order basis. If we are unable to purchase components from these suppliers, our product shipments could be preventedor delayed, which could result in a loss of sales. If we are unable to meet existing orders or to enter into new orders because of a shortagein components, we will likely lose net revenue, risk losing customers and risk harm to our reputation in the marketplace, which couldadversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

 

 

 7 

 

 

Future operating results depend upon our ability to timely obtaincomponents in sufficient quantities and on acceptable terms.

 

We and our contract manufacturers are responsible for procuring raw materialsfor our products. Our products incorporate some components and technologies that are only available from single or limited sources ofsupply. Depending on a limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, qualityand delivery schedules. Moreover, due to our limited sales, we may not be able to convince suppliers to continue to make components availableto us unless there is demand for these components from their other customers. If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide uswith sufficient quantities of components in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources ofsupply and we may have difficulty identifying additional or replacement suppliers for some of our components.

 

We outsource substantially all of our manufacturing to contract manufacturersin Asia. If our contract manufacturers are unable or unwilling to manufacture our products at the quality and quantity we request, ourbusiness could be harmed.

 

We use contract manufacturers based in Asia to manufacture substantiallyall of our products. Generally, we do not have guaranteed supply agreements with our contract manufacturers or suppliers. If any of thesesubcontractors or suppliers were to cease doing business with us, we might not be able to obtain alternative sources in a timely or cost-effectivemanner. Our reliance on third-party manufacturers, especially in countries outside of the U.S., exposes us to a number of significantrisks, including:

 

  · reduced control over delivery schedules, quality assurance, manufacturing yields and production costs;
     
  · lack of guaranteed production capacity or product supply;
     
  · effects of terrorist attacks or geopolitical conflicts abroad;
     
  · reliance on these manufacturers to maintain competitive manufacturing technologies;
     
  · unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws and tariffs;
     
  · reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
     
  · differing labor regulations;
     
  · disruptions to the business, financial stability or operations, including due to strikes, labor disputes or other disruptions to the workforce, of these manufacturers;
     
  · compliance with a wide variety of complex regulatory requirements;
     
  · fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
     
  · changes in a country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;
     
  · greater difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations; and
     
  · increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities.

 

 

 

 8 

 

 

Any problems that we may encounter with the delivery, quality or cost ofour products from our contract manufacturers or suppliers could cause us to lose net revenue, damage our customer relationships and harmour reputation in the marketplace, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results ofoperations. 

 

From time to time, we may transition the manufacturing of certain productsfrom one contract manufacturer to another. For example, in connection to the recently increased tariffs proposed to be imposed by theU.S. against China, we continue to transition our remaining manufacturing out of China. We have and may in the future incur substantialexpenses, risk material delays or encounter other unexpected issues in connection with this transition or future transitions.

 

The effect of a pandemic or major public health concern, such asthe COVID-19 pandemic, could result in material adverse effects on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Pandemics or similar outbreaks have had, and may in the future have, anadverse impact on the economy, our business and the businesses of our suppliers, and our results of operations and financial condition.For example, the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in industry events, trade shows and business travel being suspended, cancelled and/or significantlycurtailed. If these activities are suspended, cancelled and/or significantly curtailed in the future, whether due to a possible pandemicand similar outbreak, our sales may be negatively impacted in the future.

 

In addition, the impact of possible pandemics subjects us to variousrisks and uncertainties that could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, includingthe following:

 

  · significant volatility or decreases in the demand for our products or extended sales cycles;
     
  · changes in customer behavior and preferences, as customers may experience financial difficulties and/or may delay orders or reduce their spending;
     
  · adverse impacts on our ability to distribute or deliver our products or services, as well as temporary disruptions, restrictions or closures of the facilities of our suppliers or customers and their contract manufacturers;
     
  · further disruptions in our contract manufacturers’ ability to manufacture our products, as some contract manufacturers and suppliers of materials used in the production of our products are, or may be, located in areas more severely impacted by a possible pandemic, which has in the past limited and could in the future limit, our ability to obtain sufficient materials to produce and manufacture our products; and
     
  ·

volatility in the availability of raw materials and components that our contract manufacturers purchase and volatility in raw material and other input costs.

 

The duration and extent of a future pandemics or other similar outbreak’seffect on our operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predictedat this time. The adverse impact of a possible future pandemic or similar outbreak on our business, results of operations and financialcondition may be material.

 

Certain of our products are sold into mature markets, which couldlimit our ability to continue to generate revenue from these products. Our ability to sustain and grow our business depends on our abilityto develop, market, scale, and sell new products.

 

Certain of our products are sold into mature markets that are characterizedby a trend of declining demand. As the overall market for these products decreases due to the adoption of new technologies, our revenuesfrom these products have declined, and we expect they will continue to decline in the future. As a result, our future prospects will dependon our ability to develop and successfully market new products that address new and growing markets. Our failure to develop new productsor failure to achieve widespread customer acceptance of any new products could cause us to lose market share and cause our revenues todecline. There can be no assurance that we will not experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction,marketing and sale of new products or product enhancements. Factors that could cause delays include regulatory and/or industry approvals,product design cycle and failure to identify products or features that customers demand. In addition, the introduction and sale of newproducts often involves a significant technical evaluation, and we often face delays because of our customers’ internal proceduresfor evaluating, approving and deploying new technologies. For these and other reasons, the sales cycle associated with new products istypically lengthy, often lasting six to 24 months and sometimes longer. Therefore, there can be no assurance that our introduction orannouncement of new product offerings will achieve any significant or sustainable degree of market acceptance or result in increased revenuein the near term.

 

 

 

 9 

 

 

Our software offerings are subject to risks that differ from thosefacing our hardware products.

 

We continue to dedicate engineering resources to our management softwareplatform, applications, and SaaS offerings. These product and service offerings are subject to significant additional risks that are notnecessarily related to our hardware products. Our ability to succeed with these offerings will depend in large part on our ability toprovide customers with software products and services that offer features and functionality that address their specific needs. We mayface challenges and delays in the development of this product line as the marketplace for products and services evolves to meet the needsand desires of customers. We cannot provide assurances that we will be successful in operating and growing this product line.

 

In light of these risks and uncertainties, we may not be able to establishor maintain market share for our software and SaaS offerings. As we develop new product lines, we must adapt to market conditions thatare unfamiliar to us, such as competitors and distribution channels that are different from those we have known in the past. We have andwill encounter competition from other solutions providers, many of whom may have more significant resources than us with which to compete.There can be no assurance that we will recover our investments in this segment, or that we will receive meaningful revenue from or realizea profit from this new segment.

 

We may experience significant fluctuation in our revenue becausethe timing of large orders placed by some of our customers is often project-based.

 

Our operating results fluctuate because we often receive large orders fromcustomers that coincide with the timing of the customer’s project. Sales of our products and services may be delayed if customersdelay approval or commencement of projects due to budgetary constraints, internal acceptance review procedures, timing of budget cyclesor timing of competitive evaluation processes. In addition, sometimes our customers make significant one-time hardware purchases for projectswhich are not repeated. We sell primarily on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to long-term contracts, and we expect fluctuationsin our revenues as a result of one-time project-based purchases to continue in the future. In addition, our sales may be subject to significantfluctuations based on the acceleration, delay or cancellation of customer projects, or our failure to complete one or a series of significantpotential sales. Because a significant portion of our operating expenses are fixed, even a single order can have a disproportionate effecton our operating results. As a result of the factors discussed above, and due to the complexities of the industry in which we operate,it is difficult for us to forecast demand for our current or future products with any degree of certainty, which means it is difficultfor us to forecast our sales. If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts,the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

 

The lengthy sales cycle for our products and services, along withdelays in customer completion of projects, make the timing of our revenues difficult to predict.

 

We have a lengthy sales cycle for many of our products that generally extendsbetween three and 24 months and sometimes longer due to a lengthy customer evaluation and approval process. The length of this processcan be affected by factors over which we have little or no control, including the customer’s budgetary constraints, timing of thecustomer’s budget cycles, and concerns by the customer about the introduction of new products by us or by our competitors. As aresult, sales cycles for customer orders vary substantially among different customers. The lengthy sales cycle is one of the factors thathas caused, and may continue to cause, our revenues and operating results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. In addition,we may incur substantial expenses and devote significant management effort to develop potential relationships that do not result in agreementsor revenues, which may prevent us from pursuing other opportunities. Accordingly, excessive delays in sales could be material and adverselyaffect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

 

 

 

 10 

 

 

The nature of our products, customer base and sales channels resultsin lack of visibility into future demand for our products, which makes it difficult for us to forecast our manufacturing and inventoryrequirements.

 

We use forecasts based on anticipated product orders to manage our manufacturingand inventory levels and other aspects of our business. However, several factors contribute to a lack of visibility with respect to futureorders, including:

 

  · the lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle for our products that can extend from six to 24 months or longer;
     
  · the project-driven nature of many of our customers’ requirements;
     
  · we primarily sell our products indirectly through distributors;
     
  · the uncertainty of the extent and timing of market acceptance of our new products;
     
  · the need to obtain industry certifications or regulatory approval for our products;
     
  · the lack of long-term contracts with our customers;
     
  · the diversity of our product lines and geographic scope of our product distribution;
     
  · we have some customers who make single, non-recurring purchases; and
     
  · a large number of our customers typically purchase in small quantities.

 

This lack of visibility impacts our ability to forecast our inventory requirements.If we overestimate our customers’ future requirements for products, we may have excess inventory, which would increase our costsand potentially require us to write-off inventory that becomes obsolete. Additionally, if we underestimate our customers’ futurerequirements, we may have inadequate inventory, which could interrupt and delay delivery of our products to our customers, harm our reputation,and cause our revenues to decline. If any of these events occur, they could prevent us from achieving or sustaining profitability andthe value of our common stock may decline.

 

Delays in qualifying revisions of existing products for certain ofour customers could result in the delay or loss of sales to those customers, which could negatively impact our business and financialresults.

 

Our industry is characterized by intense competition, rapidly evolvingtechnology and continually changing customer preferences and requirements. As a result, we frequently develop and introduce new versionsof our existing products, which we refer to as revisions.

  

Prior to purchasing our products, some of our customers require that productsundergo a qualification process, which may involve testing of the products in the customer’s system. A subsequent revision to aproduct’s hardware or firmware, changes in the manufacturing process or our selection of a new supplier may require a new qualificationprocess, which may result in delays in sales to customers, loss of sales, or us holding excess or obsolete inventory.

 

After products are qualified, it can take additional time before the customercommences volume production of components or devices that incorporate our products. If we are unsuccessful or delayed in qualifying anynew or revised products with a customer, that failure or delay would preclude or delay sales of these products to the customer, and couldnegatively impact our financial results. In addition, new revisions to our products could cause our customers to alter the timing of theirpurchases, by either accelerating or delaying purchases, which could result in fluctuations of our net revenue from quarter to quarter.

 

We depend on distributors for a majority of our sales and to completeorder fulfillment.

 

We depend on the resale of products through distributor accounts for asubstantial majority of our worldwide net revenue. In addition, sales through our top five distributors accounted for approximately 37%of our net revenue in fiscal 2025. A significant reduction of effort by one or more distributors to sell our products or a material changein our relationship with one or more distributors may reduce our access to certain end customers and adversely affect our ability to sellour products. Furthermore, if a key distributor materially defaults on a contract or otherwise fails to perform, our business and financialresults would suffer.

 

In addition, the financial health of our distributors and our continuingrelationships with them are important to our success. Our business could be harmed if the financial health of these distributors impairstheir performance and we are unable to secure alternate distributors.

 

 

 

 11 

 

 

Our ability to sustain and grow our business depends in part on thesuccess of our distributors and resellers.

 

A substantial part of our revenues is generated through sales by distributorsand resellers. To the extent they are unsuccessful in selling our products, or if we are unable to obtain and retain a sufficient numberof high-quality distributors and resellers, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our distributorsand resellers may devote more resources to marketing, selling and supporting products and services that are competitive with ours, thanto our products. They also may have incentives to promote our competitors’ products over our products, particularly for our competitorswith larger volumes of orders, more diverse product offerings and a longer relationship with our distributors and resellers. In thesecases, one or more of our important distributors or resellers may stop selling our products completely or may significantly decrease thevolume of products they sell on our behalf. This sales structure also could subject us to lawsuits, potential liability and reputationalharm if, for example, any of our distributors or resellers misrepresents the functionality of our products or services to customers orviolates laws or our corporate policies. If we fail to effectively manage our existing or future distributors and resellers effectively,our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Changes to the average selling prices of our products could affectour net revenue and gross margins and adversely affect results of operations.

 

In the past, we have experienced reductions in the average selling pricesand gross margins of our products. We expect competition to continue to increase, and we anticipate this could result in additional downwardpressure on our pricing. Our average selling prices for our products might also decline as a result of other reasons, including promotionalprograms introduced by us or our competitors and customers who negotiate price concessions. To the extent we are able to increase prices,we may experience a decline in sales volumes if customers decide to purchase competitive products. If any of these were to occur, ourgross margins could decline and we might not be able to reduce the cost to manufacture our products enough or at all to keep up with thedecline in prices.

 

If we are unable to sell our inventory in a timely manner, it couldbecome obsolete, which could require us to write-down or write off obsolete inventory, which could harm our operating results.

 

At any time, competitive products may be introduced with more attractivefeatures or at lower prices than ours. If this occurs, and for other reasons, we may not be able to accurately forecast demand for ourproducts and our inventory levels may increase. There is a risk that we may be unable to sell our inventory in a timely manner to avoidit becoming obsolete. If we are required to substantially discount our inventory or are unable to sell our inventory in a timely manner,we would be required to increase our inventory reserves or write off obsolete inventory and our operating results could be substantiallyharmed.

 

Our failure to compete successfully in our highly competitive marketcould result in reduced prices and loss of market share.

 

The market in which we operate is intensely competitive, subject to rapidtechnological advances and highly sensitive to evolving industry standards. The market can also be affected significantly by new productand technology introductions and marketing and pricing activities of industry participants. Our products compete directly with productsproduced by a number of our competitors. Many of our competitors and potential competitors have greater financial and human resourcesfor marketing and product development, more experience conducting research and development activities, greater experience obtaining regulatoryapproval for new products, larger distribution and customer networks, more established relationships with contract manufacturers and suppliers,and more established reputations and name recognition. For these and other reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully againstour current or potential future competitors. In addition, the amount of competition we face in the marketplace may change and grow asthe market for IoT and machine-to-machine networking solutions grows and new companies enter the marketplace. Present and future competitorsmay be able to identify new markets, adapt new technologies, develop and commercialize products more quickly and gain market acceptanceof products with greater success. As a result of these competitive factors, we may fail to meet our business objectives and our business,financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

 

 

 

 12 

 

 

Acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or investmentsmay impair our capital and equity resources, divert our management’s attention or otherwise negatively impact our operating results.

 

We have in the past and may in the future pursue acquisitions, strategicpartnerships and joint ventures that we believe would allow us to complement our growth strategy, increase market share in our currentmarkets and expand into adjacent markets, broaden our technology and intellectual property and strengthen our relationships with distributors,OEMs and original design manufacturers. For instance, we acquired Maestro, Intrinsyc, the Transition Networks and Net2Edge businessesof Communication Systems, Inc., Uplogix, Inc. (“Uplogix”), and Netcomm Wireless Pty Ltd (“Netcomm”) in calendaryears 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2024, respectively. Our previous acquisitions have required, and any future acquisition, partnership,joint venture or investment may also require, that we pay significant cash, issue equity and/or incur substantial debt. Acquisitions,partnerships or joint ventures may also result in the loss of key personnel and the dilution of existing stockholders to the extent weare required to issue equity securities. In addition, acquisitions, partnerships or joint ventures require significant managerial attention,which may be diverted from our other operations. These capital, equity and managerial commitments may impair the operation of our business.Furthermore, acquired businesses may not be effectively integrated, may be unable to maintain key pre-acquisition business relationships,may not result in expected synergies, an increase in revenues or earnings or the delivery of new products, may contribute to increasedfixed costs, and may expose us to unanticipated liabilities. If any of these occur, we may fail to meet our business objectives and ourbusiness, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

 

We may experience difficulties associated with utilizing third-partylogistics providers.

 

A portion of our physical inventory management process, as well as theshipping and receiving of our inventory, is performed by a third-party logistics provider in Hong Kong. There is a possibility that third-partylogistics providers will not perform as expected and we could experience delays in our ability to ship, receive, and process the relateddata in a timely manner. This could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations, cash flows and the market price ofour common stock.

 

Relying on third-party logistics providers could increase the risk of thefollowing: failing to receive accurate and timely inventory data, theft or poor physical security of our inventory, inventory damage,ineffective internal controls over inventory processes or other similar business risks out of our immediate control.

 

Risks Related to Technology, Cybersecurity and Intellectual Property

 

Cybersecurity breaches and other disruptions could compromise ourinformation and expose us to liability, which could cause our business and reputation to suffer.

 

Increased global information technology security threats and more sophisticatedand targeted computer crime pose a risk to the security of our systems and networks and the confidentiality, availability and integrityof our data. There have been several highly publicized cases in which organizations of various types and sizes have reported the unauthorizeddisclosure of customer or other confidential information, as well as cyberattacks involving the dissemination, theft and destruction ofcorporate information, intellectual property, cash or other valuable assets. There have also been several highly publicized cases in whichhackers have requested “ransom” payments in exchange for not disclosing customer or other confidential information or fornot disabling the target company’s computer or other systems. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of the informationthat we collect and store on our systems is critical to our operations and implementing security measures designed to prevent, detect,mitigate or correct these or other cybersecurity threats involve significant costs.

 

Although we have taken steps to protect the security of our informationsystems, we have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue experiencing, threats to our data and systems, including malware,phishing and computer virus attacks, and it is possible that in the future our safety and security measures will not prevent the systems’improper functioning or damage, or the improper access or disclosure of personally identifiable information such as in the event of cyber-attacks.In addition, due to the fast pace and unpredictability of cybersecurity threats, including from emerging technologies, such as advancedforms of machine learning, AI and quantum computing, long-term implementation plans designed to address cybersecurity risks become obsoletequickly and, in some cases, it may be difficult to anticipate or immediately detect such incidents and the damage they cause. In addition,such threats could be introduced as a result of our customers and business partners incorporating the output of an AI tool that includesa threat, such as introducing malicious code by incorporating AI generated source code. Any unauthorized access, disclosure or other lossof information could result in legal claims or proceedings, disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidencein our products and services, which could adversely affect our business.

 

 

 

 13 

 

 

If unauthorized access is obtained to the personal and/or proprietarydata we collect and store, our products become subject to cybersecurity breaches, or if public perception is that they are vulnerableto cyberattacks, our reputation and business could suffer.

 

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitivedata, including intellectual property, our proprietary business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners,and personally identifiable information of our employees, on our networks and third-party cloud software providers. If there is unauthorizedaccess to such information, we may incur significant costs or liabilities and lose customer confidence in us, which would harm our reputationand results of operations. In addition, we could be subject to liability or our reputation could be harmed if technologies integratedinto our products, or our products, fail to prevent cyberattacks, or if our partners or customers fail to safeguard the systems with securitypolicies that conform to industry best practices. In addition, any cyberattack or security breach that affects a competitor’s productscould lead to the negative perception that our solutions are or could be subject to similar attacks or breaches.

 

Some of our software offerings may be subject to various cybersecurityrisks, which are particularly acute in the cloud-based technologies operated by us and other third parties that form a part of our solutions.

 

In connection with certain implementations of our management software platform,application, and SaaS offerings, we expect to store, convey and process data produced by devices. This data may include confidential orproprietary information, intellectual property or personally identifiable information of our customers or other third parties with whomthey do business. It is important for us to maintain solutions and related infrastructure that are perceived by our customers and otherparties with whom we do business to provide a reasonable level of reliability and security. Despite available security measures and otherprecautions, the infrastructure and transmission methods used by our products and services may be vulnerable to interception, attack orother disruptive problems. Additionally, some of our products include capabilities to support AI which may further increase our productssusceptibility or perceived susceptibility of security risks.

 

If a cyberattack or other security incident were to allow unauthorizedaccess to or modification of our customers’ data or our own data, whether due to a failure with our systems or related systems operatedby third parties, we could suffer damage to our brand and reputation. The costs we would incur to address and fix these incidents couldsignificantly increase our expenses. These types of security incidents could also lead to lawsuits, regulatory investigations and increasedlegal liability, including in some cases contractual costs related to customer notification and fraud monitoring.

 

Failure to comply with data privacy laws and regulations could havea materially adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations or financial condition, or have other adverse consequences.

 

Certain of our products and services as well as the operations of our businessmay involve access or exposure to personally identifiable or otherwise confidential information and customer data and systems, the misuseor improper disclosure of which could result in legal liability. The collection, hosting, transfer, disclosure, use, storage and securityof personal information is subject to federal, state and foreign data privacy laws. These laws, (“Privacy and Data Protection Requirements”)which are not uniform, do one or more of the following: regulate the collection, transfer (including in some cases, the transfer outsidethe country of collection), processing, storage, use and disclosure of personal information, and require notice to individuals of privacypractices and in some cases consent to collection of personal information; give individuals certain access, correction and deletion rightswith respect to their personal information; and prevent the use or disclosure of personal information, or require providing opt-outs forthe use and disclosure of personal information, for secondary purposes such as marketing. Under certain circumstances, some of these lawsrequire us to provide notification to affected individuals, data protection authorities and/or other regulators in the event of a databreach. In many cases, these laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information among us and our subsidiaries.

 

Laws and regulations in this area are evolving and generally becoming morestringent. For example, the European General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”) requires us to meet stringent requirementsregarding (i) our access, use, disclosure, transfer, protection, or otherwise processing of personal information; and (ii) the abilityof data subjects to exercise their related various rights such as to access, correct or delete or limit the use of their personal data.Under the GDPR and the U.K.’s version of the GDPR, information transfers from the European Union and the U.K. to the U.S. are generallyprohibited unless certain measures are followed.

 

 

 

 14 

 

 

The 2018 California Consumer Privacy Act and California Privacy RightsAct of 2020 provide individuals similar rights with respect to the processing of their personal data. Multiple states in the U.S. haveenacted such privacy laws, and data privacy laws are scheduled to become effective in several others in 2026.

 

There is also the possibility of federal privacy legislation and increasedenforcement by the Federal Trade Commission under its power to regulate unfair and deceptive trade practices. Markets in the Asia Pacificregion have also recently adopted GDPR-like legislation, including China’s new Personal Information Protection Law. Failure to meetPrivacy and Data Protection Law requirements could result in significant civil penalties (including fines up to 4% of annual worldwiderevenue under the GDPR) as well as criminal penalties. Privacy and data protection law requirements also confer a private right of actionin some countries, including under the GDPR.

 

As these laws continue to evolve, we may be required to make changes toour systems, services, solutions and/or products to enable us and/or our clients to meet the new legal requirements, including by takingon more onerous obligations, limiting our storage, transfer and processing of data and, in some cases, limiting our service and/or solutionofferings in certain locations and our ability to market to customers. Changes in these laws, or the interpretation and application thereof,may also increase our potential exposure through significantly higher potential penalties for non-compliance. The costs of compliancewith, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations and client demand in this area may limit the use of, or demand for, ourservices, solutions and/or products, make it more difficult and costly to meet client expectations, or lead to significant fines, penaltiesor liabilities for noncompliance, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Issues related to the responsible use of AI may result in reputational,competitive and financial harm and liability.

 

We offer products that include capabilities to support AI deployment andwe expect this part of our business to grow. As with many new emerging technologies, AI presents risks and challenges and increasing ethicalconcerns relating to its responsible use that could affect the adoption of AI, and thus our business. Third-party misuse of AI applications,models, or solutions, or ineffective or inadequate AI development or deployment practices by us or our customers or business partners,could cause harm to individuals, our business or impair the public’s acceptance of AI. Moreover, we may be subject to competitiveharm, regulatory action and legal liability as a result of new proposed legislation regulating AI, new applications of existing data protection,privacy and intellectual property and other laws. Such regulations could cause us to incur greater compliance costs and could also impactour ability to sell or the ability of our customers and users worldwide to acquire, deploy and use systems that include our AI-relatedproducts and services, which could thus require us to change our business practices and could adversely affect our business, financialcondition and results of operations. If the AI-related products that we offer have unintended consequences or unintended usage or customizationby our customers or are otherwise controversial due to their perceived or actual impact on human rights, privacy, employment or othersocial, economic or political issues the public’s acceptance of AI may be impaired and may result in reputational and financialharm and liability to our business.

 

If software that we incorporate into our products were to becomeunavailable or no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, it could adversely affect sales of our products, which could disruptour business and harm our financial results.

 

Certain of our products contain software developed and maintained by third-partysoftware vendors or which are available through the “open source” software community. We also expect that we may incorporatesoftware from third-party vendors and open source software in our future products. Our business would be disrupted if this software, orfunctional equivalents of this software, were either no longer available to us or no longer offered to us on commercially reasonable terms.In either case, we would be required to either redesign our products to function with alternate third-party software or open source software,or develop these components ourselves, which would result in increased costs and could result in delays in our product shipments. Furthermore,we might be forced to limit the features available in our current or future product offerings.

 

 

 

 15 

 

 

Our products may contain undetected software or hardware errors ordefects that could lead to an increase in our costs, reduce our net revenue or damage our reputation.

 

We currently offer warranties ranging from one to five years on each ofour products. Our products could contain undetected software or hardware errors or defects. If there is a product failure, we might haveto replace all affected products, or we might have to refund the purchase price for the units. Regardless of the amount of testing weundertake, some errors might be discovered only after a product has been installed and used by customers. Any errors discovered aftercommercial release could result in financial losses and claims against us. Significant product warranty claims against us could harm ourbusiness, reputation and financial results and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

We may not be able to adequately protect or enforce our intellectualproperty rights, which could harm our competitive position or require us to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

 

We rely primarily on a combination of laws, such as patent, copyright,trademark and trade secret laws, and contractual restrictions, such as confidentiality agreements and licenses, to establish and protectour proprietary rights. Despite any precautions that we have taken:

 

  · laws and contractual restrictions might not be sufficient to prevent misappropriation of our technology or deter others from developing similar technologies;
     
  · other companies might claim intellectual property rights based upon prior use that negatively impacts our ability to enforce our trademarks and patents; and
     
  · policing unauthorized use of our patented technology and trademarks is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and we might be unable to determine the extent of this unauthorized use.

 

Also, the laws of some of the countries in which we market and manufactureour products offer little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or othermisappropriation of our proprietary technology could enable third parties to benefit from our technology without paying us for it. Consequently,we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited by others in the U.S. or abroad, which could require costlyefforts to protect our technology. Policing the unauthorized use of our technology, trademarks and other proprietary rights is expensive,difficult and, in some cases, impracticable. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual propertyrights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation couldresult in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could harm our business. Accordingly, despite our efforts,we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property, which may harm our business,financial condition and results of operations.

 

The impact of natural disasters and other business interruptionscould negatively impact our supply chain and customers resulting in an adverse impact to our revenues and profitability.

 

Certain of our components and other materials used in producing our productsare from regions susceptible to natural disasters. A natural disaster could damage equipment and inventory at our suppliers’ facilities,adversely affecting our supply chain. If we are unable to obtain these materials, we could experience a disruption to our supply chainthat would hinder our ability to produce our products in a timely manner, or cause us to seek other sources of supply, which may be morecostly or which we may not be able to procure on a timely basis. In addition, our customers may not follow their normal purchasing patternsor temporarily cease purchasing from us due to impacts to their businesses in the region, creating unexpected fluctuations or decreasesin our revenues and profitability. Natural disasters in other parts of the world on which our operations are reliant also could have materialadverse impacts on our business.

 

 

 

 16 

 

 

In addition, our operations and those of our suppliers are vulnerable tointerruption by fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, cybersecurity breaches, IT systems failure, terrorist attacksand other events beyond our control, including the effects of climate change. A substantial portion of our facilities, including our corporateheadquarters and other critical business operations, are located near major earthquake faults and, therefore, may be more susceptibleto damage if an earthquake occurs. We do not carry earthquake insurance for direct earthquake-related losses. If a business interruptionoccurs, whether due to a natural disaster or otherwise, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We maintain cash deposits in excess of federally insured limits.Adverse developments affecting financial institutions, including bank failures, could adversely affect our liquidity and financial performance.

 

We regularly maintain domestic cash deposits in the Federal DepositInsurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured banks, which exceed the FDIC insurance limits. Bank failures, events involving limitedliquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions, or concerns or rumors about suchevents, may lead to widespread demands for customer withdrawals and liquidity constraints that may result in market-wide liquidity problems.For example, in March 2023, Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”), Signature Bank Corp. and Silvergate Capital Corp. each failed andwere taken into receivership by the FDIC. At that time, we maintained deposits amounting to approximately 85% of our total cash at SVB.While we were able to regain full access to our deposits with SVB and have taken steps to diversify our banking relationships since then,our loan agreement with SVB currently requires us to hold 75% of our US cash balances at SVB. Consequently, any future failure of thatbank could simultaneously prevent access to both a substantial portion of our cash holdings and to our credit line for funds needed tomeet our working capital requirements and other financial commitments. Our cash balances are concentrated at a small number of financialinstitutions. In addition, macroeconomic conditions have caused turmoil in the banking sector in the past and may do so again in the future.A failure to timely access our cash on deposit with SVB or other banks could require the scaling back of our operations and production,negatively affect our credit, and prevent us from fulfilling contractual obligations. Moreover, there can be no assurance that our depositsin excess of the FDIC or other comparable insurance limits will be backstopped by the U.S. or any applicable foreign government in thefuture or that any bank or financial institution with which we do business will be able to obtain needed liquidity from other banks, governmentinstitutions or by acquisition in the event of a future failure or liquidity crisis, and such uninsured deposits may ultimately be lost.In addition, if any of the parties with whom we conduct business are unable to access funds due to the status of their financial institution,such parties’ ability to pay their obligations to us or to enter into new commercial arrangements requiring additional paymentsto us could be adversely affected.

 

We have a history of losses.

 

We have historically incurred net losses. There can be no assurance thatwe will generate net profits in future periods. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be cash flow positive in future periods. Inthe event that we fail to achieve profitability in future periods, the value of our common stock may decline. In addition, if weare unable to achieve or maintain positive cash flows, we would be required to seek additional funding, which may not be available onfavorable terms, if at all.

 

 

 

 

 17 

 

 

We may need additional capital and it may not be available on acceptableterms, or at all.

 

To remain competitive, we must continue to make significant investmentsto operate our business and develop our products. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the timing andamount of our net revenue, research and development expenditures, expenses associated with any strategic partnerships or acquisitionsand infrastructure investments, and expenses related to litigation, each of which could negatively affect our ability to generate additionalcash from operations. If cash generated from operations is insufficient to satisfy our working capital requirements, we may need to raiseadditional capital. Looking ahead at long-term needs, we may need to raise additional funds for a number of purposes, including, but notlimited to:

 

  · to fund working capital requirements;
     
  · to update, enhance or expand the range of products we offer;
     
  · to refinance existing indebtedness;

 

  · to increase our sales and marketing activities;
     
  · to respond to competitive pressures or perceived opportunities, such as investment, acquisition and international expansion activities; or
     
  · to acquire additional businesses

 

We may seek additional capital from public or private offerings of ourcapital stock, borrowings under our existing or future credit lines or other sources. If we issue equity or debt securities to raise additionalfunds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privilegessenior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaborations, licensing, joint ventures,or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential future products or proprietary technologies,or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise any needed capital onterms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable to secure additional financing in sufficient amounts or on favorable terms, we maynot be able to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future opportunities, respond to competition or continue to operateour business.

 

The terms of our amended and restated credit facility may restrictour financial and operational flexibility and, in certain cases, our ability to operate.

 

The terms of our amended and restated credit facility restrict, amongother things, our ability to incur liens or indebtedness, dispose of assets, make investments, make certain restricted payments, mergeor consolidate and enter into certain transactions with our affiliates. Further, we are currently and may in the future be required tomaintain specified financial ratios, including pursuant to a minimum interest coverage ratio, and to satisfy a minimum liquidity test.Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and there can be no assurance thatwe will meet those tests. Pursuant to our amended credit facility, we have pledged substantially all of our assets to our senior lender,SVB. In addition, our loan agreement with SVB currently requires us to hold 75% of our US cash balances at SVB, which may limit our abilityto manage our cash holdings effectively.

 

 

 

 

 18 

 

 

Risks Related to International Operations

 

Rising concern regarding international tariffs could materially andadversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

The current political landscape has introduced significant uncertaintywith respect to future trade regulations and existing international trade agreements, as shown by the new or increased tariffs imposedby the U.S. on many countries.

 

We cannot predict whether, and to what extent, there may be changes tointernational trade agreements or whether additional quotas, duties, tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions on our productswill be changed or imposed. If we are unable to source our products from the countries where we wish to purchase them, either becauseof regulatory changes or for any other reason, or if the cost of doing so increases, it could have a material adverse effect on our business,financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, imposition of tariffs or other developments may result in our implementinglocal or alternative sourcing initiatives that make it more difficult to sell our products in foreign countries, which would negativelyimpact our business and operating results.

 

We face risks associated with our international operations that couldimpair our ability to grow our revenues abroad as well as our overall financial condition.

 

We believe that our future growth is dependent in part upon our abilityto increase sales in international markets. These sales are subject to a variety of risks, including geopolitical events, fluctuationsin currency exchange rates, tariffs, import restrictions and other trade barriers, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, longeraccounts receivable payment cycles, potentially adverse tax consequences, and export license requirements. In addition, we are subjectto the risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including political and economic instability and unexpected changes in diplomaticand trade relationships. In many markets where we operate, business and cultural norms are different than those in the U.S., and practicesthat may violate laws and regulations applicable to us such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) unfortunatelyare more commonplace. Although we have implemented policies and procedures with the intention of ensuring compliance with these laws andregulations, our employees, contractors and agents, as well as distributors and resellers involved in our international sales, may takeactions in violation of our policies. Many of our vendors and strategic business allies also have international operations and are subjectto the risks described above. Even if we are able to successfully manage the risks of international operations, our business may be adverselyaffected if one or more of our business partners are not able to successfully manage these risks. There can be no assurance that one ormore of these factors will not have a material adverse effect on our business strategy and financial condition.

 

Foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results.

 

We are exposed to market risk primarily related to foreign currencies andinterest rates. In particular, we are exposed to changes in the value of the U.S. dollar versus the local currency in which our productsare sold and our services are purchased, including devaluation and revaluation of local currencies. Accordingly, fluctuations in foreigncurrency rates could adversely affect our revenues and operating results.

 

Risks Related to Regulatory Compliance and Legal Matters

 

Our inability to obtain appropriate industry certifications or approvalsfrom governmental regulatory bodies could impede our ability to grow revenues in our wireless products.

 

The sale of our wireless products in some geographical markets issometimes dependent on the ability to gain certifications and/or approvals by relevant governmental bodies. In addition, many of our productsare certified as meeting various industry quality and/or compatibility standards.  Failure to obtain these certifications or approvals,or delays in receiving any needed certifications or approvals, could impact our ability to compete effectively or at all in these marketsand could have an adverse impact on our revenues.

 

 

 

 19 

 

 

Our failure to comply effectively with regulatory laws pertainingto our foreign operations could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

 

We are required to comply with U.S. government export regulations in thesale of our products to foreign customers, including requirements to properly classify and screen our products against a denied partieslist prior to shipment. We are also required to comply with the provisions of the FCPA and all other anti-corruption laws, such as theU.K. Anti-Bribery Act, of all other countries in which we do business, directly or indirectly, including compliance with the anti-briberyprohibitions and the accounting and recordkeeping requirements of these laws. Violations of the FCPA or other similar laws could triggersanctions, including ineligibility for U.S. government insurance and financing, as well as large fines. Failure to comply with the aforementionedregulations could also affect our decision to sell our products in international jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effecton our revenues and profitability.

 

Our failure to comply effectively with the requirements of applicableenvironmental legislation and regulation could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

 

Certain states and countries have passed regulations relating to chemicalsubstances in electronic products and requiring electronic products to use environmentally friendly components. For example, the EuropeanUnion has the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, the Restrictions of Hazardous Substances Directive, and the Regulationon Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals. In the future, China and other countries including the U.S. mayadopt further environmental compliance programs. In order to comply with these regulations, we may need to redesign our products to usedifferent components, which may be more expensive, if they are available at all. If we fail to comply with these regulations, we may notbe able to sell our products in jurisdictions where these regulations apply, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenuesand profitability.

 

Evolving expectations from investors, customers, lawmakers, regulators,and other stakeholders regarding environmental, social and governance practices and disclosures may adversely affect our reputation, adverselyimpact our ability to attract and retain employees or customers, expose us to increased scrutiny from the investment community or enforcementauthorities or otherwise adversely impact our business and results of operations.

 

We may become subject to increased scrutiny and evolving expectations frominvestors, customers, lawmakers, regulators, and other stakeholders on environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practicesand disclosures, including those related to environmental stewardship, climate change, diversity, equity and inclusion, forced labor,racial justice, and workplace conduct. Regulators have imposed in the past, and may impose in the future, ESG-related rules and guidance,which may conflict with one another and impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks. Moreover, certain organizationsthat provide information to investors have developed ratings for evaluating companies on their approach to different ESG-related matters,and unfavorable ratings of us or our industry may lead to negative investor sentiment and the diversion of investment to other companiesor industries. As a smaller company, we may not have resources to meet the evolving ESG-related expectations of the investment community.

 

Current or future litigation, including related to intellectual property,could adversely affect us.

 

We are subject to a wide range of claims and lawsuits in the course ofour business. Any lawsuit may involve complex questions of fact and law and may require the expenditure of significant funds and the diversionof other resources. The results of litigation are inherently uncertain, and adverse outcomes are possible. Adverse outcomes may have amaterial adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

In particular, litigation regarding intellectual property rights occursfrequently in our industry. There is a risk that other third parties could claim that our products, or our customers’ products,infringe on their intellectual property rights or that we have misappropriated their intellectual property. In addition, software, businessprocesses and other property rights in our industry might be increasingly subject to third-party infringement claims as the number ofcompetitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Other parties might currently have, or mighteventually be issued, patents that pertain to the proprietary rights we use. Any of these third parties might make a claim of infringementagainst us. The results of litigation are inherently uncertain, and adverse outcomes are possible.

 

 

 

 20 

 

 

Responding to any infringement claim, regardless of its validity, could:

 

  · be time-consuming, costly and/or result in litigation;
     
  · divert management’s time and attention from developing our business;
     
  · require us to pay monetary damages, including treble damages if we are held to have willfully infringed;
     
  · require us to enter into royalty and licensing agreements that we would not normally find acceptable;
     
  · require us to stop selling or to redesign certain of our products; or
     
  · require us to satisfy indemnification obligations to our customers.

 

If any of these occur, our business, financial condition or results ofoperations could be adversely affected.

 

General Risk Factors

 

High interest rates may negatively impact our results of operationsand financing costs.

 

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond ourcontrol, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies. In an effort to combat inflation,a number of central banks around the world, including the U.S., raised interest rates and may raise them in the future. Higher interestrates may hinder the economic growth in markets where we do business, and has and may continue to have negative impacts on the globaleconomy. High interest rates may lead customers to decrease or delay spending on products and projects, including on products that wesell, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, higher interestrates impact the amount of interest we pay for our debt obligations and leases and continue and sustained increases in interest ratescould negatively impact our financing costs or cash flow.

 

If we fail to maintaineffective internal controls, we may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, which could adverselyaffect our ability to report our results of operations and financial condition accurately and in a timely manner.

 

We have previously identified and remediated a material weakness in ourinternal control over financial reporting. If we fail to maintain effective internal controls, we may conclude that our internal controlover financial reporting is not effective, which could adversely affect our ability to report our results of operations and financialcondition accurately and in a timely manner. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controlover financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparationof financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Ourmanagement is likewise required, on a quarterly basis, to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls and to disclose any changesand material weaknesses identified through such evaluation in those internal controls.

 

As disclosed in Part II, Item 9A of our Annual Report on Form 10-Kfor the year ended June 30, 2024, during fiscal 2023, management identified a material weakness related to the design and implementationof information technology general controls related to the Company’s information systems that are relevant to the preparation ofconsolidated financial statements. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financialreporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statementswill not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We implemented a number of measures that effectively remediated the previously disclosedmaterial weakness and concluded as of June 30, 2025 that our internal control over financial report was effective. However, we cannotprovide assurances that a new material weakness will not occur in the future. If we, or our independent registered public accounting firmidentify one or more additional material weaknesses, or, if we are otherwise unable to maintain effective internal control over financialreporting or disclosure controls and procedures, our ability to record, process and report financial information accurately, and to preparefinancial statements within required time periods, could be adversely affected, which could subject us to litigation or investigationsrequiring management resources and payment of legal and other expenses, negatively affect investor confidence in our financial statementsand adversely impact our stock price. Additionally, if any such material weakness is not remediated effectively or in a timely manner,we could be impacted by a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that was not prevented or detected on atimely basis, which could have a negative effect on our results of operations and/or the trading price of our securities.

 

 

 

 21 

 

 

If we are unable to attract, retain or motivate key senior managementand technical personnel, it could materially harm our business.

 

Our financial performance depends substantially on the performance of ourexecutive officers and of key engineers, marketing and sales employees. We are particularly dependent upon our technical personnel, dueto the specialized technical nature of our business. If we were to lose the services of our executive officers or any of our key personneland were not able to find replacements in a timely manner, our business could be disrupted, other key personnel might decide to leave,and we might incur increased operating expenses associated with finding and compensating replacements.

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate, which could causethe market price of our common stock to decline.

 

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, significantfluctuations in net revenue, expenses and operating results from quarter to quarter. We therefore believe that quarter to quarter comparisonsof our operating results are not a good indication of our future performance, and investors should not rely on them to predict our futureoperating or financial performance or the future performance of the market price of our common stock. A high percentage of our operatingexpenses are relatively fixed and are based on our forecast of future revenue. If we were to experience an unexpected reduction in netrevenue in a quarter, we would likely be unable to adjust our short-term expenditures significantly. If this were to occur, our operatingresults for that fiscal quarter would be harmed. In addition, if our operating results in future fiscal quarters were to fall below theexpectations of equity analysts and investors, the market price of our common stock would likely fall.

 

The market price of our common stock may be volatile basedon a number of factors, many of which are not under our control.

 

The market price of our common stock has been highly volatile. The marketprice of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, many of which are out of our control,including:

 

  · adverse changes in domestic or global economic, market and other conditions;
     
  · new products or services offered by our competitors;
     
  · our completion of or failure to complete significant one-time sales of our products;
     
  · actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;
     
  · changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
     
  · announcements of technological innovations;
     
  · our announcement of significant mergers, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
     
  · conditions or trends in the industry;
     
  · additions or departures of key personnel;
     
  · increased competition from industry consolidation; and
     
  · sales of common stock by our stockholders or us or repurchases of common stock by us.

 

In addition, the Nasdaq Capital Market often experiences price and volumefluctuations. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies listed on theNasdaq Capital Market.

  

 

 

 22 

 

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

 

Risk Management and Strategy

 

We have established policies and processes for assessing, identifying,and managing material risk from cybersecurity threats, and have integrated these processes into our overall risk management systems andprocesses. We routinely assess material risks from cybersecurity threats, including any potential unauthorized occurrence on or conductedthrough our information systems that may result in adverse effects on the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of our informationsystems or any information residing therein.

 

We leverage guidance from the National Institute of Standards and TechnologyCybersecurity Framework (“NIST CSF”), which provides an outline of enterprise security processes and controls, to inform thedesign and assessment of our cybersecurity risk management program. This does not imply that we meet any particular technical standards,specifications, or requirements, only that we use the NIST CSF as a guide to help us identify, assess, and manage cybersecurity risksrelevant to our business.

 

As part of our risk management process, we may engage third-party expertsto help identify and assess risks from cybersecurity threats. Our risk management process also encompasses cybersecurity risks associatedwith our use of third-party service providers.

 

Our cybersecurity risk management program includes:

 

  · risk assessments designed to help identify material cybersecurity risks to our critical systems, information, products, services and our broader IT environment;

 

  · evaluations of our readiness to assess, respond and, as applicable, recover from potential cybersecurity incidents;

 

  · periodic tabletop exercises to simulate a response to a cybersecurity incident and use the findings to improve our processes, technologies and incident response plan;

 

  · the use of external service providers, where appropriate, to assess, test, or otherwise assist with the aspects of our security controls;

 

  · cybersecurity training to educate our employees, consultants and other users about their individual responsibilities regarding our IT systems and data;

 

  · weekly briefings on cybersecurity incidents, threats, and related matters;

 

  · a third-party risk management process for service providers, suppliers and vendors who have access to our critical systems and information; and

 

  · cybersecurity risk insurance that provides protection against certain potential costs and losses arising from a cybersecurity incident.

 

 

 23 

 

 

As of the date of this report, we do not believe that known risks fromcybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents that we are aware of, have materially affected orare reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. However,we can give no assurance that we have detected or protected against all such cybersecurity incidents or threats or that we will not experiencesuch an incident in the future. Further details about the cybersecurity risks we face are described under the heading “RisksRelated to Technology, Cybersecurity and Intellectual Property,” included as part of our risk factor disclosures in Part I,Item 1A of this Report, which disclosures are incorporated by reference herein.

 

Governance

 

The Board is responsible for the oversight of risks from cybersecuritythreats. Our Board oversees management’s implementation of our cybersecurity risk management program. On a quarterly basis, andmore frequently as needed, our Board receives updates from our senior management concerning, among other relevant information, the statusof our cybersecurity initiatives to strengthen our cybersecurity risk management and are apprised, as necessary, regarding any materialcybersecurity incidents, as well as any incidents with lesser impact potential.

 

While the Board reviews and oversees the Company’s information securityefforts, our Director of IT, under the oversight of our executive officers, is responsible for the day-to-day management of cybersecurityrisk and the design and implementation of policies, processes and procedures to identify and mitigate this risk. Our Director of IT, incoordination with the executive officers, is responsible for assessing and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats, as wellas managing and responding to material cybersecurity incidents if any occur. Our Director of IT has over 28 years of experience in variousinformation technology roles, which includes over 10 years of management of cybersecurity matters.

 

Our Director of IT provides weekly briefings to the Chief Financial Officer,General Counsel and other members of our cross-functional incident response team. The weekly briefings are focused on our cybersecurityrisks and activities, including cybersecurity incidents and responses, cybersecurity systems testing, third-party activities and relatedtopics. In the event that threats and incidents are identified as potentially significant, the Chief Financial Officer and General Counselpromptly report to our Board.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

The following table presents details regarding our leased facilities:

 

Locations   Primary Use   Approximate Square Footage
Irvine, California, U.S.A.   Corporate headquarters; sales and marketing, research and development, operations and administration   12,000
Plymouth, Minnesota, U.S.A.   Operations; warehouse and administration   66,000
Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada   Engineering, operations and marketing   8,500
Hyderabad, India   Engineering and design   18,000
Taipei City, Taiwan   Engineering, sales and marketing   5,500

 

We believe our existing facilities are adequate to meet our needs. If additionalspace is needed in the future, we believe that suitable space will be available on commercially reasonable terms.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

Refer to Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated FinancialStatements, included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a discussion of legal proceedings.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

None.

 

 

 

 24 

 

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Common Stock

 

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol“LTRX.” The number of holders of record of our common stock as of August 22, 2025 was approximately 24.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We donot anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, and we intend to retain any future earnings foruse in the expansion of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any future decision to declare or pay dividends will be madeby the Board in its sole discretion and will depend upon our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements and other factorsthat the Board deems appropriate at the time of its decision.

  

Issuer Repurchases

 

We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during fiscal 2025.

 

ITEM 6. RESERVED

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunctionwith our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 (this “Report”). This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statementsthat are based on our management’s current beliefs and assumptions, which statements are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties.Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors,including those discussed in “Risk Factors” included in Part I, Item 1A of this Report. Please also see “CautionaryNote Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this Report.

 

Overview

 

Lantronix Inc. (Nasdaq: LTRX) is a global leader in Edge AI and IndustrialIoT solutions, delivering intelligent computing, secure connectivity, and remote management for mission-critical applications. Servinghigh-growth markets, including smart cities, enterprise IT, and commercial and defense unmanned systems, we enable customers to optimizeoperations and accelerate digital transformation. Our comprehensive portfolio of hardware, software, and services powers applicationsfrom secure video surveillance and intelligent utility infrastructure to resilient out-of-band network management. By bringing intelligenceto the network edge, we help organizations achieve efficiency, security, and a competitive edge in today’s AI-driven world.

 

We conduct our business globally and manage our sales teams by threegeographic regions: the Americas; EMEA; and APJ.

 

References to “fiscal 2025” refer to the fiscal year endedJune 30, 2025 and references to “fiscal 2024” refer to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024.

 

 

 

 25 

 

 

Products and Solutions

 

We organize our portfolio services and products into the followingproduct lines: Embedded IoT Solutions, IoT Systems Solutions, and Software and Engineering Services. Refer to “Products and Solutions”included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report, which is incorporated herein by reference, for further discussion.

 

Recent Developments

 

Acquisition

 

In December 2024, we finalized the acquisitionof Netcomm Wireless Pty Ltd (“Netcomm”), a subsidiary of DZS Inc., for $6,458,000 in cash. Netcomm operated an enterpriseIoT business. The acquisition complements our focus on Enterprise and Smart City vertical markets and adds products to enhance our connectivitysolutions in areas such as critical infrastructure, asset monitoring and telecommunications.

 

Refer to Note 3 of Notes to ConsolidatedFinancial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report, which is incorporated herein by reference, for additional discussionregarding the acquisition.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Refer to Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements includedin Part II, Item 8 of this Report, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures inaccordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptionsthat affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenueand expenses during the reporting period. We regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions related to revenue recognition, sales returnsand allowances, inventory valuation, valuation of deferred income taxes, valuation of goodwill and long-lived and intangible assets. Webase our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances,the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparentfrom other sources. To the extent there are material differences between our estimates and the actual results, our future results of operationswill be affected.

 

We believe the following critical accounting policies require us to makesignificant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

   

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of promised productsor services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those products or services.We apply the following five-step approach in determining the amount and timing of revenue to be recognized: (i) identifying the contractwith a customer, (ii) identifying the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determining the transaction price, (iv) allocatingthe transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (v) recognizing revenue when the performance obligationis satisfied.

 

 

 

 26 

 

 

A significant portion of our products are sold to distributors underagreements which contain (i) limited rights to return unsold products and (ii) price adjustment provisions, both of which are accountedfor as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. Establishing accruals for product returns and pricingadjustments requires the use of judgment and estimates that impact the amount and timing of revenue recognition. When product revenueis recognized, we establish an estimated allowance for future product returns based primarily on historical returns experience and otherknown or anticipated returns. We also record reductions of revenue for pricing adjustments, such as competitive pricing programs and rebates,in the same period that the related revenue is recognized, based primarily on approved pricing adjustments and our historical experience.Actual product returns or pricing adjustments that differ from our estimates could result in increases or decreases to our net revenue.

 

A portion of our revenues are derived from engineering and related consultingservice contracts with customers. These contracts generally include performance obligations in which control is transferred over timebecause the customer either simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided or our performance on the contract creates or enhancesan asset that the customer controls. These contracts typically provide services on the following basis:

 

  · Time & Materials (“T&M”) – services consist of revenues from software modification, consulting implementation, training and integration services. These services are set forth separately in the contractual arrangements such that the total price of the customer arrangement is expected to vary depending on the actual time and materials incurred based on the customer’s needs.
     
  · Fixed Price – arrangements to render specific consulting and software modification services which tend to be more complex.

    

Performance obligations for T&M contracts qualify for the “Rightto Invoice” practical expedient within the revenue guidance. Under this practical expedient, we may recognize revenue, over time,in the amount to which we have a right to invoice. In addition, we are not required to estimate variable consideration upon inceptionof the contract and reassess the estimate each reporting period. We determined that this method best represents the transfer of servicesas, upon billing, we have a right to consideration from a customer in an amount that directly corresponds with the value to the customerof our performance completed to date.

 

We recognize revenue on fixed price contracts, over time, using an inputmethod based on the proportion of our actual costs incurred (generally labor hours expended) to the total costs expected to complete thecontract performance obligation. We determined that this method best represents the transfer of services as the proportion closely depictsthe efforts or inputs completed towards the satisfaction of a fixed price contract performance obligation.

 

From time to time, we may enter into contracts with customers that includepromises to transfer multiple performance obligations that may include sales of products, professional engineering services and otherproduct qualification or certification services. Determining whether the promises in these arrangements are considered distinct performanceobligations, that should be accounted for separately versus together, often requires judgment. We consider performance obligations tobe distinct when the customer can benefit from the promised good or service on its own or by combining it with other resources readilyavailable and when the promised good or service is separately identifiable from other promised goods or services in the contract. In thesearrangements, we allocate revenue on a relative standalone selling price basis by maximizing the use of observable inputs to determinethe standalone selling price for each performance obligation. Additionally, estimating standalone selling prices for separate performanceobligations within a contract may require significant judgment and consideration of various factors including market conditions, itemscontemplated during negotiation of customer arrangements and internally developed pricing models. Changes to performance obligations thatwe identify, or the estimated selling prices pertaining to a contract, could materially impact the amounts of earned and unearned revenuethat we record.

 

 

 

 27 

 

 

Inventory Valuation

 

We value inventories at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis)or net realizable value, whereby we make estimates regarding the market value of our inventories, including an assessment of excess andobsolete inventories. We determine excess and obsolete inventories based on an estimate of the future sales demand for our products withina specified time horizon, which is generally 12 to 24 months. In addition, specific reserve estimates are recorded to cover risks forend-of-life products, inventory located at our contract manufacturers and warranty replacement stock. The estimates we use for demandare also used for near-term capacity planning and inventory purchasing. Demand for our products can fluctuate significantly from periodto period. A significant decrease in demand could result in an increase in the amount of excess inventory on hand. In addition, our industryis characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product development and product obsolescence that could result in an increasein the amount of obsolete inventory quantities on hand. Our estimates of future product demand and judgement to determine excess inventorymay prove to be inaccurate, in which case we may have understated or overstated the reduction to the total carrying value of our inventoryfor excess and obsolete inventory. In the future, if our inventory is determined to be overvalued, we would be required to recognize suchcosts in our cost of goods sold, resulting in a reduction in our gross margins, at the time of such determination. Although we make everyeffort to ensure the accuracy of our forecasts of future product demand, any significant unanticipated changes in demand or technologicaldevelopments could have a significant impact on the value of our inventory and our results of operations.

  

Valuation of Deferred Income Taxes

 

We have recorded a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assetsto zero, primarily due to historical net operating losses (“NOLs”) and uncertainty of generating future taxable income. Weconsider estimated future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuationallowance. If we determine that it is more likely than not that we will realize a deferred tax asset that currently has a valuation allowance,we would be required to reverse the valuation allowance, which would be reflected as an income tax benefit in our consolidated statementsof operations at that time.

 

Business Combinations

 

We allocate the fair value of the purchase consideration of a businessacquisition to the tangible assets, liabilities, and intangible assets acquired, including in-process research and development (“IPR&D”),if applicable, based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of theseidentifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. IPR&D is initially capitalized at fair value as an intangible asset withan indefinite life and assessed for impairment thereafter. When an IPR&D project is completed, the IPR&D is reclassified as anamortizable purchased intangible asset and amortized over the asset’s estimated useful life. The valuation of acquired assets andassumed liabilities requires significant judgment and estimates, especially with respect to intangible assets. The valuation of intangibleassets, in particular, requires that we use valuation techniques such as the income approach. The income approach includes the use ofa discounted cash flow model, which includes discounted cash flow scenarios and requires significant estimates such as future expectedrevenue, expenses, capital expenditures and other costs, and discount rates. We estimate the fair value based upon assumptions we believeto be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from our estimates.Estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assetsacquired and liabilities assumed. Acquisition-related expenses and related restructuring costs are recognized separately from the businesscombination and are expensed as incurred.

 

Goodwill Impairment Testing

 

We evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on May 31, or morefrequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our single reportingunit below its carrying amount.

  

 

 

 28 

 

 

We begin our evaluation of goodwill for impairment by assessing qualitativefactors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of our single reporting unit is less than its carrying value.Some factors that we consider important in the qualitative assessment which could trigger a goodwill impairment review include:

 

  · significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;
  · significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business;
  · significant negative industry or economic trends;
  · a significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and
  · a significant change in our market capitalization relative to our book value.

 

Based on our qualitative assessment, if we conclude that it is more likelythan not that the fair value of our single reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we conduct a quantitative goodwill impairmenttest, which involves comparing the estimated fair value of our single reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. We estimatethe fair value of our single reporting unit using a combination of the income and market approach. If the carrying value of the reportingunit exceeds its estimated fair value, we recognize an impairment loss for the difference.

 

Significant management judgment is required in estimating the reportingunit’s fair value and in the creation of the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow methodof valuation. These include (i) estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, (ii) estimation of the long-termrate of growth of our business, (iii) estimation of the period during which cash flows will be generated and (iv) the determination ofour weighted-average cost of capital, which is a factor in determining the discount rate. Our estimate of the reporting unit’s fairvalue would also generally include the consideration of a control premium, which is the amount that a buyer is willing to pay over thecurrent market price of a company as indicated by the traded price per share (i.e., market capitalization) to acquire a controlling interest.If our actual financial results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating the fair value of our reportingunit, we may be exposed to goodwill impairment losses.

 

We performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of May 31, 2025, usinga quantitative assessment for our single reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit was estimated using a combination of theincome approach (discounted cash flow method) and the market approach (guideline public companies and guideline transactions methods).Key assumptions included revenue growth, EBITDA margins, a long-term growth rate, and a discount rate. These assumptions reflect management’sbest estimates of future financial performance, current market conditions, and a market participant perspective. The results of the impairmenttest indicated that the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying amount by approximately 9%. No impairment of goodwill was recognizedfor the year ended June 30, 2025.

 

Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets

 

We assess the impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets wheneverevents or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. Circumstances that could triggera review include, but are not limited to the following:

 

  · significant decreases in the market price of the asset;
  · significant adverse changes in the business climate or legal factors;
  · accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction of the asset;
  · current period cash flow or operating losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of the asset; or
  · current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be sold or disposed of significantly before the end of its estimated useful life.

 

Whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amountof long-lived assets and intangible assets may not be recoverable, we estimate the future cash flows expected to be generated by the assetfrom its use or eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of those assets, werecognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. Significant management judgmentis required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow method of valuation. These significantjudgments may include future expected revenue, expenses, capital expenditures and other costs, discount rates and whether or not alternativeuses are available for impacted long-lived assets.

 

 

 29 

 

 

Results of Operations - Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024

 

Summary

 

For fiscal 2025, our net revenue decreased by $37,404,000, or 23.3%, comparedto fiscal 2024. The decrease in net revenue was driven by a 34.2% decrease in net revenue in our IoT System Solutions product line, aswell as decreases in net revenue in our Embedded IoT Solutions product line of 1.2% and our Software and Services product line of 12.5%.We had a net loss of $11,373,000 for fiscal 2025, compared to a net loss of $4,516,000 for fiscal 2024. The increase in net loss was primarilydriven by the decrease in revenues partially offset by a reduction in operating expenses of $4,516,000 for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal2024.

 

Net Revenue

 

The following tables present our net revenue by productlines and by geographic region:

 

   Years Ended June 30,         
       % of Net       % of Net   Change 
   2025   Revenue   2024   Revenue   $   % 
   (In thousands, except percentages) 
Embedded IoT Solutions  $46,380    37.7%   $46,953    29.3%   $(573)   (1.2%)
IoT System Solutions   68,735    55.9%    104,450    65.1%    (35,715)   (34.2%)
Software & Services   7,808    6.4%    8,924    5.6%    (1,116)   (12.5%)
   $122,923    100.0%   $160,327    100.0%   $(37,404)   (23.3%)

 

   Years Ended June 30,         
       % of Net       % of Net   Change 
   2025   Revenue   2024   Revenue   $   % 
   (In thousands, except percentages) 
Americas  $70,126    57.0%   $78,203    48.8%   $(8,077)   (10.3%)
EMEA   30,898    25.1%    64,025    39.9%    (33,127)   (51.7%)
APJ   21,899    17.9%    18,099    11.3%    3,800    21.0% 
   $122,923    100.0%   $160,327    100.0%   $(37,404)   (23.3%)

 

Embedded IoT Solutions

 

Net revenue decreased primarily due to lower unit sales in some of ourlegacy embedded ethernet connectivity products across all regions and lower volume sales of our network interface cards in the Americasand APJ regions. These decreases were largely offset by higher unit sales of our embedded compute product line driven by a video conferencingcustomer in the APJ region.

 

 

 

 30 

 

 

IoT System Solutions


The decrease in net revenue was substantially driven by our custom solution to our European smart energy grid customer. In fiscal 2024,this customer represented just over 25% of our net revenue. By comparison, in fiscal 2025, we recognized approximately $11 million fromthis customer in the first half of the year. Separately, compared to the prior year, we experienced (i) decreased unit sales of our networkswitches in the Americas region, and (ii) decreased unit sales of our OOB products across all regions, as revenues from these productscan be dependent on project-based capital spending. These decreases were partially offset by higher unit sales of (i) our gateways, routers,and modems products, which was largely driven by contributions from our Netcomm acquisition, and (ii) our telematic gateways in the Americasregion.

 

Software & Services

 

Net revenue decreased primarily due to lower engineering services revenuein the EMEA region as two of our large design services projects transitioned in the prior year from the design phase to full production.We also saw a moderate decrease in our extended warranty services in the Americas region, primarily related to lower service volumes inour OOB products.

   

Gross Profit

 

Gross profit represents net revenue less cost of revenue. Cost of revenueconsists primarily of the cost of raw material components, subcontract labor assembly from contract manufacturers, direct and indirectpersonnel expenses related to professional services, manufacturing overhead, inventory reserves for excess and obsolete products or rawmaterials, warranty costs, royalties and share-based compensation.

 

The following table presents our gross profit:

 

   Years Ended June 30,         
       % of Net       % of Net   Change 
   2025   Revenue   2024   Revenue   $   % 
   (In thousands, except percentages) 
Gross profit  $51,699    42.1%   $64,354    40.1%   $(12,655)   (19.7%)

 

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue (referredto as “gross margin”) increased primarily as a result of lower overhead costs and our product sales mix.

 

We currently expect that gross margin will fluctuate in the future, fromperiod-to-period, based on changes in our product mix, average selling prices, and average manufacturing costs. 

 

Selling, General and Administrative

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of personnel-relatedexpenses including salaries and commissions, share-based compensation, facility expenses, information technology, advertising and marketingexpenses and professional legal and accounting fees.

 

 

 

 31 

 

 

The following table presents our selling, general and administrative expenses:

 

   Years Ended June 30,         
       % of Net       % of Net   Change 
   2025   Revenue   2024   Revenue   $   % 
   (In thousands, except percentages) 
Personnel-related expenses  $20,387        $21,316        $(929)   (4.4%)
Professional fees and outside services   4,878         5,037         (159)   (3.2%)
Advertising and marketing   2,239         2,346         (107)   (4.6%)
Facilities and insurance   1,794         2,754         (960)   (34.9%)
Share-based compensation   4,424         6,248         (1,824)   (29.2%)
Depreciation   1,360         1,393         (33)   (2.4%)
Other   1,164         1,112         52    4.7% 
Selling, general and administrative  $36,246    29.5%   $40,206    25.1%   $(3,960)   (9.8%)

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased primarily dueto (i) reduced share-based compensation costs based on the value of new and outstanding awards, (ii) lower spending on various sales conferences,IT infrastructure and related facilities costs, and (iii) lower personnel-related expenses resulting from less variable compensation and restructuring activities during the current fiscal year.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development expenses consists of personnel-related expenses,share-based compensation, and expenditures to third-party vendors for research and development activities and product certification costs.Our costs from period-to-period related to outside services and product certifications vary depending on our level and timing of developmentactivities.

 

The following table presents our research and development expenses:

 

   Years Ended June 30,         
       % of Net       % of Net   Change 
   2025   Revenue   2024   Revenue   $   % 
   (In thousands, except percentages) 
Personnel-related expenses  $12,164        $14,022        $(1,858)   (13.3%)
Facilities   2,597         2,523         74    2.9% 
Outside services   636         505         131    25.9% 
Product certifications   499         462         37    8.0% 
Share-based compensation   1,522         1,852         (330)   (17.8%)
Other   1,179         918         261    28.4% 
Research and development  $18,597    15.1%   $20,282    12.7%   $(1,685)   (8.3%)

 

Research and development expenses decreased primarily due to (i) lowerpersonnel-related expenses in our engineering groups resulting from restructuring activities during the current fiscal year and (ii) reducedshare-based compensation costs based on the value of new and outstanding awards. These decreases were partially offset by (i) higher facilities-relatedequipment and software costs, (ii) increased costs for third party contract labor, which are included in the “outside services”category in the table above, and (iii) increased spending on certain prototype and materials costs, which are included in the “other”category in the table above.

 

 

 

 32 

 

 

Restructuring, Severance and Related Charges

 

During fiscal 2025 and 2024, we incurred restructuring, severance andrelated charges of $3,535,000 and $1,423,000, respectively, due to various headcount reduction efforts during these years. The most significantof these actions occurred in January 2025, in which we reduced our headcount by approximately 12% worldwide, primarily in the U.S. andIndia. The severance and related charges resulting from this action totaled approximately $1,400,000.

 

In addition, during fiscal 2025 we downsized the usage of certain sites,resulting in a charge of approximately $379,000, which is included in the total restructuring charges above.

 

We may incur additional restructuring, severance and related chargesin future periods as we continue to identify cost savings and efficiencies related to our business.

 

Acquisition-Related Costs

 

During fiscal 2025 we incurred approximately $371,000 of costs primarilyin connection with the acquisition of Netcomm. These costs were mainly comprised of banking, legal and other professional fees.

 

Amortization of Intangible Assets

 

We acquired certain intangible assets through our recent acquisitions,which we recorded at fair-value as of the acquisition dates. These assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over theirestimated useful lives and resulted in charges of $3,951,000 and $5,314,000 during fiscal 2025 and 2024, respectively.

 

Interest Expense, Net

 

For fiscal 2025 and 2024, we incurred net interest expense from interestincurred on borrowings on our credit facilities. We also earn interest on our domestic cash balances.

  

Other Income (Expense), Net

  

Other income (expense), net, is comprised primarily of foreign currencyremeasurement and transaction adjustments related to our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

The following table presents our provision for income taxes:

 

   Years Ended June 30,         
       % of Net       % of Net   Change 
   2025   Revenue   2024   Revenue   $   % 
   (In thousands, except percentages) 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  $(239)   (0.2%)  $745    0.5%   $(984)   (132.1%)

 

 

 

 33 

 

 

The following table presents our effective tax rate based upon our provisionfor income taxes:

 

   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
Effective tax rate   2.1%    (19.8%)

 

We utilize the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Thedifferences between our effective tax rate and the federal statutory rate in fiscal 2025 and 2024 were also impacted by the effect ofour domestic losses recorded without a tax benefit, as well as the effect of certain state and foreign earnings taxed at rates differingfrom the federal statutory rate. Additionally, in fiscal 2025, we reversed a portion of our liability for uncertain tax positions as aresult of the dissolution of one of our foreign subsidiaries.

  

We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assetsare more likely than not to be realized. Aside from a net deferred tax liability of $172,000 and $179,000 that we recorded as of June30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, based on our cumulative losses and uncertainty of generating future taxable income, we provided a fullvaluation allowance against our net deferred tax assets at June 30, 2025 and 2024. Refer to Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated FinancialStatements, included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report, for additional information.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity

 

The following table presents our working capital and cash and cash equivalents:

 

   June 30,     
   2025   2024   Change 
   (In thousands) 
Working capital  $46,971   $58,794   $(11,823)
Cash and cash equivalents  $20,098   $26,237   $(6,139)

 

Our principal sources of cash and liquidity include our existing cash andcash equivalents, borrowings and amounts available under our existing bank borrowing agreement, and cash generated from operations. Weare subject to a variable amount of interest on the principal balance of our borrowings and could be adversely impacted by rising interestrates in the future. We believe that our current cash holdings, net cash provided by operating activities, and expected availability underour bank borrowing agreement will be sufficient to fund our material requirements for working capital, capital expenditures and otherfinancial commitments for at least the next 12 months and beyond.

 

We continue to monitor our existing banking relationships and the availabilityof potential alternate sources of credit based on market conditions and our ongoing capital requirements. There can be no guarantee thatwe would be able to obtain any needed alternate financing on acceptable terms, or at all, or that such a financing would not result ina default under the current borrowing agreement. Refer to Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, including in PartII, Item 8 of this Report, for additional information. We anticipate that the primary factors affecting our cash and liquidity are netrevenue, working capital requirements and capital expenditures.

 

 

 

 34 

 

 

We define cash and cash equivalents as highly liquid deposits with originalmaturities of 90 days or less when purchased. We maintain cash and cash equivalents balances at certain financial institutions in excessof amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). There can be no assurance that our deposits in excessof the FDIC limits will be backstopped by the U.S., or that any bank or financial institution with which we do business will be able toobtain needed liquidity from other banks, government institutions or by acquisition in the event of a failure or liquidity crisis.

 

Our future working capital requirements will depend on many factors, includingthe following: timing and amount of our net revenue; our product mix and the resulting gross margins; research and development expenses;selling, general and administrative expenses; and expenses associated with any strategic partnerships, acquisitions or infrastructureinvestments.

 

From time to time, we may seek additional capital from public or privateofferings of our capital stock, borrowings under our existing or future credit lines or other sources in order to (i) develop or enhanceour products, (ii) take advantage of strategic opportunities, (iii) respond to competition or (iv) continue to operate our business. Wecurrently have a Form S-3 shelf registration statement on file with the SEC. If we issue equity securities to raise additional funds,our existing stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior tothose of our existing stockholders. If we issue debt securities to raise additional funds, we may incur debt service obligations, becomesubject to additional restrictions that limit or restrict our ability to operate our business, or be required to further encumber ourassets. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise any such capital on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

 

Cash Flows

 

The following table presents the major components of the consolidated statementsof cash flows:

 

   Years Ended June 30,     
   2025   2024   Decrease 
   (In thousands) 
Net cash provided by operating activities  $7,285   $18,623   $(11,338)
Net cash used in investing activities   (6,963)   (1,479)  $(5,484)
Net cash used in financing activities   (6,461)   (4,359)  $(2,102)

 

Operating Activities

 

Cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2025 decreased comparedto fiscal 2024. Cash from operations increased in the prior fiscal year due to (i) reduction of our inventories and higher net revenuesand (ii) the receipt of customer deposits. In the current fiscal year, we made payments against previously accrued variable compensationbalances, as discussed further below. For fiscal 2025, our net loss included $12,306,000 of non-cash charges, while the changes in operatingassets and liabilities provided net cash of $6,352,000.

 

Accounts receivable decreased by $6,187,000, or 19.8%, from June 30, 2024to June 30, 2025. The decrease was primarily due to lower net revenue levels in the current fiscal year, as well as the timing of paymentsfrom certain customers.

 

Accounts payable increased by $2,912,000, or 28.1%, from June 30, 2024to June 30, 2025 primarily due to the timing of inventory receipts and payments made to our vendors.

 

 

 

 35 

 

 

Accrued payroll and related expenses decreased by $2,365,000 or 40.5% fromJune 30, 2024 to June 30, 2025. The decrease was primarily due to accrued variable compensation paid out during the current fiscal year.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2025 consisted primarilyof the acquisition of Netcomm, which used cash of $6,458,000. We also paid for property and equipment totaling $505,000, primarily fortooling at our contract manufacturers as well as certain research and development projects.

 

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2024 consisted of purchasesof equipment amounting to $1,479,000, primarily for research and development and certain business analysis tools.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2025 resulted primarilyfrom principal payments of $4,512,000 on our term debt, as well as tax withholdings paid on behalf of employees for restricted sharesof $2,093,000.

 

Net cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2024 resulted primarilyfrom $2,853,000 of principal payments on our term debt as well as $1,027,000 tax withholdings paid on behalf of employees for restrictedshares. Additionally, we used cash of $1,262,000 to pay the contingent consideration earned related to the Uplogix acquisition.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Not required for a “smaller reporting company.”

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

All financial statements required by this Item 8, including the reportof our independent registered public accounting firm, are included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report, as set forth beginning on pageF-1 of this Report, and are incorporated by reference into this Item 8.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

 

 

 

 36 

 

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15Iand 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) that are designed to ensure thatinformation required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within thetime periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that this information is accumulated and communicated to management, includingour Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matterhow well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is requiredto apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

 

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer andour Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period coveredby this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, we have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effectiveas of June 30, 2025.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing andmaintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f).Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliabilityof financial reporting and the preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S.GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

  · pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

  · provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded properly to allow for the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 

  · provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisitions, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internalcontrol over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because ofchanging conditions, effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, includingour Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control overfinancial reporting as of June 30, 2025 based on the guidelines established in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 framework)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on that evaluation, managementconcluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2025.

 

Baker Tilly US, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firmthat audited the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has provided an attestation report on our internalcontrol over financial reporting, which is included herein.

 

 

 

 37 

 

 

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reportingidentified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the quarterended June 30, 2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financialreporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Insider Trading Arrangements

 

During the quarterended June 30, 2025, no director or officer of the Company adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

 

ITEM 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

 

None.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 38 

 

 

PART III

 

Portions of our definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A relating toour 2025 annual meeting of stockholders (“Proxy Statement”), which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the endof the fiscal year covered by this Report, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report, as indicated below.

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The names of our executive officers and their ages, titles and biographiesas of the date hereof are set forth in the section entitled “Information About Our Executive Officers” in Part I, Item 1 ofthis Report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to allemployees, including employees of our subsidiaries, as well as each member of our board of directors. The code of business conduct andethics is available at our website at www.lantronix.com under the Investor Relations-Corporate Governance section. We intend to satisfyany disclosure requirement under applicable rules of the SEC or Nasdaq Stock Market regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provisionof this code of business conduct and ethics by posting such information on our website, at the web address specified above.

 

The other information required by this Item is incorporated by referenceto our Proxy Statement. 

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to ourProxy Statement. 

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to ourProxy Statement. 

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to ourProxy Statement. 

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to ourProxy Statement.

 

 

 

 

 

 39 

 

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

  1. Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following consolidated financial statements and related Report of IndependentRegistered Public Accounting Firm are filed as part of this Report.

 

    Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 23)   F-1
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2025 and 2024   F-4
     
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024   F-5
     
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024   F-6
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024   F-7
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-8 – F-35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 40 

 

 

2.  Exhibits

 

            Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

  Exhibit Description   Provided Herewith   Form   Exhibit   Filing
Date
                     
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lantronix, Inc., as amended       10-K   3.1   8/29/2013
                     
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lantronix, Inc.       8–K   3.2   11/15/2012
                     
4.1   Description of Lantronix Common Stock       10-K   4.1   9/11/2019
                     
10.1*   Lantronix, Inc. Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended on November 14, 2017       8-K   99.1   11/15/2017
                     
10.2*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Lantronix, Inc. Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan       S-8   4.3   5/9/2013
                     
10.3*   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Lantronix, Inc. Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan       S-8   4.4   5/9/2013
                     
10.4*   Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated       8-K   10.1   11/6/2024
                     
10.5*   Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under the Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan       10-K   10.7   8/27/2021
                     
10.6*   Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan       10-K   10.9   8/27/2021
                     
10.7*   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan       10-K   10.10   8/27/2021
                     
10.8*   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan       10-K   10.11   8/27/2021
                     
10.9*   Form of Fiscal 2025 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan       10-K   10.35   9/9/2024
                     
10.10*   Form of Fiscal 2025 Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement (Financial Measure) under the Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan       10-K   10.36   9/9/2024
                     
10.11*   Form of Fiscal 2025 Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement (Relative TSR) under the Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan       10-K   10.37   9/9/2024
                     

 

 

 41 

 

 

10.12*   Form of Fiscal 2026 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan   X            
                     
10.13*   Form of Fiscal 2026 Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement (Financial Measure) under the Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan   X            
                     
10.14*   Form of Fiscal 2026 Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement (Relative TSR) under the Lantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan   X            
                     
10.15*   Form of Inducement Restricted Stock Unit Agreement       S-8   4.1   6/5/2024
                     
10.16*   Form of Inducement Performance Stock Unit Agreement (Relative TSR)       S-8   4.2   6/5/2024
                     
10.17*   Form of Inducement Performance Stock Unit Agreement (Financial Measure)       S-8   4.3   6/5/2024
                     
10.18*   Lantronix, Inc. 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated       8-K   10.2   11/9/2022
                     
10.19*   Intrinsyc Technologies Corporation Amended and Restated Incentive Stock Option Plan       10-Q   10.1   5/15/2020
                     
10.20*   Intrinsyc Technologies Corporation Restricted Share Unit Plan       10-Q   10.2   5/15/2020
                     
10.21*   2020 Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy       10-Q   10.1   11/12/2021
                     
10.22*   Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, as revised August 8, 2022 to be effective November 8, 2022       10-K    10.32   8/29/2022
                     
10.23*   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between Lantronix, Inc. with its directors and certain of its executive officers       8-K   10.2   6/20/2016
                     
10.24*   Summary of Lantronix, Inc. Annual Bonus Program       8-K   99.1   9/8/2015
                     
10.25*   Form of Executive Officer Retention Letter Agreement       8-K   10.1   7/5/2023
                     
10.26*   Offer Letter dated January 4, 2020, between Lantronix, Inc. and Roger Holliday       10-K   10.22   9/11/2020
                     
10.27*   Offer Letter dated December 12, 2022 between Lantronix, Inc. and Eric Bass       10-K   10.42   9/12/2023
                     
10.28*   Employment agreement dated October 31, 2023 between Lantronix, Inc. and Saleel Awsare       8-K   10.1   11/6/2023
                     
10.29*   Letter Agreement dated September 14, 2024 between Lantronix, Inc. and Brent Stringham       8-K   10.1   9/16/2024
                     
10.30*   Amendment to Letter Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2025, between Brent Stringham and Lantronix, Inc.       8-K   10.1   1/10/2025
                     

 

 

 42 

 

 

10.31*   Offer Letter dated February 23, 2024 between Lantronix, Inc. and Kurt Hoff       8-K   10.1   4/3/2025
                     
10.32*   Offer Letter dated April 2, 2024 between Lantronix, Inc. and Mathi Gurusamy       8-K   10.2   4/3/2025
                     
10.33   Lease dated November 5, 2021 between Lantronix, Inc. and Discovery Business Center LLC       8-K   10.1   11/8/2021
                     
10.34   Lease dated January 20, 2022 between Lantronix, Inc. and Jet 55 Property Owner LLC       8-K   10.1   1/26/2022
                     
10.35   Mezzanine Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 2, 2021, by and between Lantronix, Inc. and SVB Innovation Credit Fund VIII, L.P.       8-K   10.2   8/2/2021
                     
10.36   Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to SVB Innovation Credit Fund VIII, L.P.       10-Q   10.2   11/12/2021
                     
10.37   Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Innovation Credit Fund VIII-A, L.P.       10-K    10.34   8/29/2022 
                     
10.38   Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, dated August 2, 2021, by and between Lantronix, Inc., Lantronix Holding Company, Lantronix Canada ULC and Lantronix Technologies Canada (Taiwan) Ltd. and Transition Networks, Inc.       8-K   10.1   8/2/2021
                     
10.39   First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement dated February 15, 2022, among Lantronix, Inc., Lantronix Holding Company, Lantronix Canada, ULC and Lantronix Technologies Canada (Taiwan) Ltd. and Transition Networks, Inc.       10-Q   10.3   2/11/2022
                     
10.40   Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement dated February 15, 2022, among Lantronix, Inc., Lantronix Holding Company, Lantronix Canada, ULC and Lantronix Technologies Canada (Taiwan) Ltd. and Transition Networks, Inc.       8-K   10.1   2/16/2022
                     
10.41   Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated September 7, 2022 among Lantronix, Inc., Lantronix Holding Company, Lantronix Canada ULC and Lantronix Canada (Taiwan) Ltd., Transition Networks, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank       8-K   10.1   9/12/2022
                     
10.42   Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated September 3, 2024 among Lantronix, Inc., Lantronix Holding Company, Lantronix Canada, ULC and Lantronix Technologies Canada (Taiwan) Ltd., Transition Networks, Inc., Uplogix, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank       10-K   10.42   9/9/2024
                     

 

 

 43 

 

 

10.43   Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, dated August 15, 2025, by and between Lantronix, Inc., Lantronix Holding Company, Lantronix Canada, ULC, Lantronix Technologies Canada (Taiwan) Ltd., Transition Networks, Inc., and Uplogix, Inc.       8-K   10.1   8/21/2025
                     
10.44   Letter Agreement dated April 3, 2023, by and between Silicon Valley Bank, a Division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company (successor by purchase to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver for Silicon Valley Bank, N.A. (as successor to Silicon Valley Bank), Lantronix, Inc., Lantronix Holding Company, Lantronix Technologies Canada (Taiwan) Ltd., Lantronix Canada ULC, Transition Networks, Inc. and Uplogix, Inc.       8-K   10.1   4/6/2023
                     
10.45   Cooperation Agreement, dated August 9, 2024, between Lantronix, Inc. and 180 Degree Capital Corp.       8-K   10.1   8/12/2024
                     
10.46   Cooperation Agreement dated June 24, 2025, by and among Lantronix, Inc. and Chain of Lakes Investment Fund, LLC, Haluk L. Bayraktar and Emre Aciksoz       8-K   10.1   6/30/2025
                     
19.1   Lantronix, Inc. Insider Trading Policy   X            
                     
21.1+   Subsidiaries of Lantronix, Inc.   X            
                     
23.1+   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Baker Tilly US, LLP   X            
                     
24.1+   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page)   X            
                     
31.1+   Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   X            
                     
31.2+   Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   X            
                     
32.1++   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer furnished pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   X            
                     
97.1*   Lantronix, Inc. Policy Regarding the Recoupment of Certain Compensation Payments   X            
                     
101.INS   Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document                
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document                
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document                
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document                
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document                
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document                
104   Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)                

__________

*   Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
+   Filed herewith
++   Furnished herewith.

 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

None.

 

 

 44 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d)of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,thereunto duly authorized.

 

  LANTRONIX, INC.  
       
  By: /s/ SALEEL AWSARE  
    Saleel Awsare  
    President and Chief Executive Officer  
Date: August 29, 2025      

 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individualwhose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Saleel Awsare and Brent Stringham, acting individually, as his or her trueand lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, placeand stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto andother documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, and each of them, full power andauthority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for allintents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent,or their or his or her substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities ExchangeAct of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacitiesand on the dates indicated:

 

Signature   Title   Date

 

/s/ SALEEL AWSARE

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

August 29, 2025

Saleel Awsare   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ BRENT STRINGHAM   Chief Financial Officer   August 29, 2025
Brent Stringham   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ HOSHI PRINTER   Director, Chairman of the Board   August 29, 2025
Hoshi Printer        
         
/s/ JAMES AUKER   Director   August 29, 2025
James Auker        
         
/s/ Sailesh Chittipeddi   Director   August 29, 2025
Sailesh Chittipeddi        
         
/s/ Narbeh Derhacobian   Director   August 29, 2025
Narbeh Derhacobian        
         
/s/ Kevin Palatnik   Director   August 29, 2025
Kevin Palatnik        

 

 45 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTINGFIRM

 

To the shareholders and the board of directors of Lantronix, Inc.:

 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over FinancialReporting

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lantronix,Inc. (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2025 and 2004, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity andcash flows, for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2025, based on criteria establishedin Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission(COSO).

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, inall material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cashflows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in theUnited States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financialreporting as of June 30, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued byCOSO.

 

Basis for Opinions

 

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financialstatements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internalcontrol over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our responsibility is to expressan opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reportingbased on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicablerules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statementsare free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintainedin all material respects.

 

Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures toassess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing proceduresthat respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in theconsolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made bymanagement, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control overfinancial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a materialweakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Ouraudits also included performing such ’ necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

 

 

 

 F-1 

 

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designedto provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for externalpurposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes thosepolicies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactionsand dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permitpreparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures ofthe company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonableassurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that couldhave a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reportingmay not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the riskthat controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance

with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Critical Audit Matters

 

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising fromthe current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee andthat: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging,subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements,taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical auditmatters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

INVENTORIES – EXCESS AND OBSOLETE RESERVE

 

Critical Audit Matter Description

 

As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, inventoriesare stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value and the Company’s consolidated inventories balance was approximately $26.3million at June 30, 2025, net of reserves. The Company excess and obsolete inventories is based on an estimate of the future sales demandfor their products within a specified time horizon, which is generally 12 to 24 months. In addition, specific reserve estimates are recordedto cover risks for end-of-life products, inventory located at their contract manufacturers and warranty replacement stock.

 

We identified the auditing of management’s lower of cost or net realizablevalue determination for excess or obsolete inventories as a critical audit matter. The procedures to audit management’s lowerof cost or net realizable value determination for excess or obsolete inventories was especially challenging and highly judgmental becauseof (i) inherent estimation uncertainty relating to assumptions used by management in the inventory reserve model which involved ahigh degree of subjectivity, (ii) the uncertainties in determining demand for aging inventory and (iii) future market conditions.

 

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matterincluded:

 

-Obtaining an understanding, evaluating the design and testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the controls over the determinationof the lower of cost or net realizable value for excess and obsolete inventories.
-Testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in management’s reserve calculation.
-Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s assumptions relating to future demand of products by performing a retrospectivereview of the prior year assumptions to actual activity.
-Evaluating the appropriateness and consistency of management’s methods and assumptions used in developing estimates around forecastedsales and expected stock rotation privileges.

 

 

 

 F-2 

 

 

ACQUISTION OF NETCOMM – VALUATION OF CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS

 

Critical Audit Matter Description

 

As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, on December23, 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of Netcomm Wireless Pty Ltd (NetComm) for total consideration transferred of $6,458,000.The Company accounted for the NetComm acquisition as a business combination and, accordingly, allocated the purchase price to the assetsacquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Of the identifiable intangibleassets acquired, $1,587,600 was allocated to customer relationships. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of identifiableassets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill.

 

We identified an input into the fair value determination of the customerrelationships for the business combination as a critical audit matter due to the significant judgment required in estimating base revenueof the acquired entity. There was a high degree of auditor judgment, effort and subjectivity in applying audit procedures in evaluatingthe significant assumption relating to the forecasted base revenue.

 

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matterincluded:

 

-Obtaining an understanding, evaluating the design and testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the acquisition accounting,specifically controls over management’s base revenue assumption used in the valuation of customer relationships.
-When assessing the reasonableness of assumption related to forecasted base revenue, we evaluated whether the assumption used was appropriatefrom a market participant’s standpoint. This included evaluation against industry forecasts and the current performance of the NetCommbusiness.

 

/s/ Baker Tilly US, LLP

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.

 

Chicago, Illinois

 

August 29, 2025

 

 

 

 F-3 

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and par value data)

 

           
   June 30,   June 30, 
   2025   2024 
Assets          
Current Assets:          
Cash and cash equivalents  $20,098   $26,237 
Accounts receivable, net   25,092    31,279 
Inventories, net   26,371    27,698 
Contract manufacturers' receivable   3,071    1,401 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets   2,761    2,335 
Total current assets   77,393    88,950 
           
Property and equipment, net   2,456    4,016 
Goodwill   31,089    27,824 
Intangible assets, net   3,738    5,251 
Lease right-of-use assets   8,422    9,567 
Other assets   624    600 
Total assets  $123,722   $136,208 
           
Liabilities and stockholders' equity          
Current Liabilities:          
Accounts payable  $13,259   $10,347 
Accrued payroll and related expenses   3,471    5,836 
Current portion of long-term debt, net   3,070    3,002 
Other current liabilities   10,622    10,971 
Total current liabilities   30,422    30,156 
Long-term debt, net   8,684    13,219 
Other non-current liabilities   10,238    11,478 
Total liabilities   49,344    54,853 
           
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)        
           
Stockholders' equity:          
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding        
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 39,102,563 and 37,872,883 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively   4    4 
Additional paid-in capital   308,397    304,001 
Accumulated deficit   (234,394)   (223,021)
Accumulated other comprehensive income   371    371 
Total stockholders' equity   74,378    81,355 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity  $123,722   $136,208 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 F-4 

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

           
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
Net revenue  $122,923   $160,327 
Cost of revenue   71,224    95,973 
Gross profit   51,699    64,354 
Operating expenses:          
Selling, general and administrative   36,246    40,206 
Research and development   18,597    20,282 
Restructuring, severance and related charges   3,535    1,423 
Acquisition-related costs   371     
Fair value remeasurement of earnout consideration       (9)
Amortization of intangible assets   3,951    5,314 
Total operating expenses   62,700    67,216 
Loss from operations   (11,001)   (2,862)
Interest expense, net   (511)   (916)
Other income (expense), net   (100)   7 
Loss before income taxes   (11,612)   (3,771)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes   (239)   745 
Net loss and comprehensive loss  $(11,373)  $(4,516)
           
Net loss per share - basic and diluted  $(0.29)  $(0.12)
           
Weighted-average common shares - basic and diluted   38,613    37,386 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 F-5 

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

                               
                   Accumulated     
           Additional       Other   Total 
   Common Stock   Paid-In   Accumulated   Comprehensive   Stockholders' 
   Shares   Amount   Capital   Deficit   Income   Equity 
Balance at June 30, 2023   36,875   $4   $295,686   $(218,505)  $371   $77,556 
Shares issued pursuant to stock awards, net   997        1,005            1,005 
Tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for restricted shares           (1,027)           (1,027)
Share-based compensation           8,337            8,337 
Net loss               (4,516)       (4,516)
Balance at June 30, 2024   37,872   $4   $304,001   $(223,021)  $371   $81,355 
Shares issued pursuant to stock awards, net   1,230        357            357 
Tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for restricted shares           (2,093)           (2,093)
Share-based compensation           6,132            6,132 
Net loss               (11,373)       (11,373)
Balance at June 30, 2025   39,102   $4   $308,397   $(234,394)  $371   $74,378 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 F-6 

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

           
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
Operating activities          
Net loss  $(11,373)  $(4,516)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:          
Share-based compensation   6,132    8,337 
Amortization of intangible assets   3,951    5,314 
Depreciation and amortization   2,084    2,163 
Amortization of manufacturing profit in acquired inventory associated with acquisitions   88    822 
Loss on disposal of property and equipment   6    3 
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs   45    110 
Fair value remeasurement of earnout consideration       (9)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets and liabilities acquired:          
Accounts receivable, net   6,187    (3,597)
Inventories, net   2,036    21,216 
Contract manufacturers' receivable   (1,670)   1,618 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets   (426)   327 
Lease right-of-use assets   2,172    2,016 
Other assets   (24)   (128)
Accounts payable   2,886    (2,128)
Accrued payroll and related expenses   (2,406)   3,405 
Other liabilities   (2,403)   (16,330)
Net cash provided by operating activities   7,285    18,623 
           
Investing activities          
Purchases of property and equipment   (505)   (1,479)
Cash payment for acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired   (6,458)    
Net cash used in investing activities   (6,963)   (1,479)
           
Financing activities          
Net proceeds from issuances of common stock   357    1,005 
Tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for restricted shares   (2,093)   (1,027)
Earnout consideration paid       (1,262)
Payment of borrowings on term loan   (4,512)   (2,853)
Payment of lease liabilities   (213)   (222)
Net cash used in financing activities   (6,461)   (4,359)
           
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   (6,139)   12,785 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year   26,237    13,452 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  $20,098   $26,237 
           
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information          
Interest paid  $1,325   $1,915 
Income taxes paid  $636   $631 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 F-7 

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

JUNE 30, 2025

 

 

1. Company and Significant Accounting Policies

 

Company

 

Lantronix, Inc., which we refer to herein as the Company, Lantronix, we,our, or us, is a global leader in Edge AI and Industrial IoT solutions, delivering intelligent computing, secure connectivity, and remotemanagement for mission-critical applications. Serving high-growth markets, including smart cities, enterprise IT, and commercial and defenseunmanned systems, we enable customers to optimize operations and accelerate digital transformation. Our comprehensive portfolio of hardware,software, and services powers applications from secure video surveillance and intelligent utility infrastructure to resilient out-of-bandnetwork management. By bringing intelligence to the network edge, we help organizations achieve efficiency, security, and a competitiveedge in today’s AI-driven world.

 

We were incorporated in California in 1989 and re-incorporated in Delawarein 2000.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lantronixand our wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generallyaccepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amountsreported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The industry in which we operate is characterized by rapid technologicalchange. As a result, estimates made in preparing the consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, the allowance fordoubtful accounts, business combinations, inventory valuation, goodwill valuation, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, restructuringcharges and warranty reserves. To the extent there are material differences between our estimates and actual results, future results ofoperations will be affected.

  

Revenue Recognition

 

Refer to Note 2 below for a discussion of our significant accountingpolicy over revenue recognition.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

 

Accounts receivable are stated at the amount we expect to collect, whichis net of an allowance for credit losses for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments.Our evaluation of the collectability of customer accounts receivable is based on various factors. In cases where we are aware of circumstancesthat may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations subsequent to the original sale, we record an allowanceagainst amounts due based on those particular circumstances. For all other customers, we estimate an allowance for credit losses basedon various considerations, including the length of time the receivables are past due and our historical bad debt collection experience.We also consider our understanding of current economic and industry conditions, as well as reasonable and supportable forecasts of futureeconomic conditions that may affect the collectability of customer receivables. Accounts that are deemed uncollectible are written offagainst the allowance for credit losses.

 

 

 

 F-8 

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Our accounts receivable are primarily derived from revenue earned fromcustomers located throughout North America, Europe and Asia. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers’ financialcondition and maintain allowances for potential credit losses. Credit losses have historically been within our expectations. We generallydo not require collateral or other security from our customers.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Our financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents,accounts receivable, contract manufacturers’ receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities. The fair value of a financialinstrument is the amount that would be received in an asset sale or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between unaffiliatedmarket participants. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorized based on whether or not the inputs are observable inthe market and the degree to which the inputs are observable. The categorization of financial instruments within the valuation hierarchyis based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy is prioritized into three levels(with Level 3 being the lowest) defined as follows:

 

Level 1:     Inputsare based on quoted market prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.

 

Level 2:     Inputsinclude quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and/or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilitiesin markets that are not active near the measurement date.

 

Level 3:     Inputsinclude management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.The inputs are unobservable in the market and significant to the instrument’s valuation.

 

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 we did not haveany assets or liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis. As of June 30, 2025 we do not have any assets or liabilitiesthat were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

  

We believe all of our financial instruments’ recorded values approximatetheir current fair values because of the nature and short duration of these instruments.

  

Foreign Currency Remeasurement

 

The functional currency for all our foreign subsidiaries is currently theU.S. dollar. Non-monetary and monetary foreign currency assets and liabilities are valued in U.S. dollars at historical and end-of-periodexchange rates, respectively. Exchange gains and losses from foreign currency transactions and remeasurements are recognized in the consolidatedstatements of operations. Translation adjustments for foreign subsidiaries whose functional currencies were previously their respectivelocal currencies are suspended in accumulated other comprehensive income.

   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income is composed of accumulated translationadjustments as of June 30, 2025 and 2024. We did not have any other comprehensive income or losses during the fiscal years ended June30, 2025 or 2024.

 

 

 

 F-9 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-terminvestments, with original maturities of 90 days or less.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, costbeing determined on a weighted-average cost basis that approximates the first-in, first-out method. We provide reserves for excess andobsolete inventories determined primarily based upon estimates of future demand for our products.

 

Inventory Sale and Purchase Transactions with Contract Manufacturers

 

Under certain circumstances, we sell raw materials to our contract manufacturersand subsequently repurchase finished goods from the contract manufacturers which contain such raw materials. Net sales of raw materialsto the contract manufacturers are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as contract manufacturers’ receivables and are eliminatedfrom net revenue as we intend to repurchase the raw materials from the contract manufacturers in the form of finished goods.

  

We have contractual arrangements with certain of our contract manufacturersthat require us to purchase unused inventory that the contract manufacturer has purchased to fulfill our forecasted manufacturing demand.To the extent that inventory on-hand at one or more of these contract manufacturers exceeds our contractually reported forecasts, we recordthe amount we may be required to purchase as part of other current liabilities and inventories on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is provided usingthe straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, generally ranging from three to five years. Depreciation and amortizationof leasehold improvements are computed using the shorter of the remaining lease term or five years. Major renewals and betterments arecapitalized, while replacements, maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the estimated useful lives of the respectiveassets, are expensed as incurred.

 

Business Combinations

 

We allocate the fair value of the purchase consideration of a businessacquisition to the tangible assets, liabilities, and intangible assets acquired, including in-process research and development (“IPR&D”),based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiableassets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. IPR&D is initially capitalized at fair value as an intangible asset with an indefinitelife and assessed for impairment thereafter. When an IPR&D project is completed, the IPR&D is reclassified as an amortizable intangibleasset and amortized over the asset’s estimated useful life. Acquisition-related expenses and related restructuring costs are recognizedseparately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate considerationpaid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets acquired. We evaluate goodwill for impairmenton an annual basis as of May 31, or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist that would more likely than not reducethe fair value of our single reporting unit below its carrying amount. We begin by assessing qualitative factors to determine whetherit is more likely than not that the fair value of our single reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Based on that qualitativeassessment, if we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of our single reporting unit is less than its carryingvalue, we conduct a quantitative goodwill impairment test, which involves comparing the estimated fair value of our single reporting unitwith its carrying value, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of our single reporting unit using a combination of the incomeand market approach. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, we recognize an impairment loss forthe difference.

  

 

 

 F-10 

 

 

We performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of May 31, 2025, usinga quantitative assessment for our single reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit was estimated using a combination of theincome approach (discounted cash flow method) and the market approach (guideline public companies and guideline transactions methods).Key assumptions included revenue growth, EBITDA margins, a long-term growth rate, and a discount rate. These assumptions reflect management’sbest estimates of future financial performance, current market conditions, and a market participant perspective. The results of the impairmenttest indicated that the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying amount and therefore no impairment of goodwill was recognized for theyear ended June 30, 2025.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Included within “intangible assets, net” at June 30, 2025are customer relationships, developed technology, trademarks and trade names, and other intangible assets acquired in connection withvarious business combinations. Such capitalized costs and intangible assets are being amortized over a period of one to fourteen years.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

We assess the impairment of long-lived assets, including intangible assets,whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of long-lived assets within an asset group may not be recoverable.We estimate the future cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, expected to be generated by the assets from its use overits remaining useful life and eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carryingamount of those assets, we estimate the fair value of the asset group and recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carryingamount over the fair value of the assets.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are computed under the liability method. This method requiresthe recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basisof our assets and liabilities. The impact on deferred taxes of changes in tax rates and laws, if any, are applied to the years duringwhich temporary differences are expected to be settled and are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period of enactment.A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

  

Financial statement effects of a tax position are initially recognizedwhen it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority.A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amountof tax benefit that meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. We recognizepotential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

  

Share-Based Compensation

 

We account for share-based compensation by expensing the estimated grantdate fair value of our shared-based awards ratably over the requisite service period.

 

The fair value of our restricted stock units is based on the closing marketprice of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

The fair value of our performance stock units is estimated as of the grantdate based upon the expected achievement of the performance metrics specified in the grant and the closing market price of our commonstock on the date of grant. To the extent a grant of performance stock units contains a market condition, the grant date fair value isestimated using a Monte Carlo simulation, which incorporates estimates of the potential outcomes of the market condition on the grantdate fair value of each award.

 

We recognize the impact of forfeitures on our share-based compensationexpense as such forfeitures occur. Previously recognized expense is reversed for the portion of awards forfeited prior to vesting.

 

 

 

 F-11 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

 

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income(loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the fiscal year. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculatedby adjusting the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, assuming any dilutive effects of outstanding share-based awardsusing the treasury stock method.

 

Research and Development Costs

 

Costs incurred in the research and development of new products and enhancementsto existing products are expensed as incurred. Development costs of computer software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed are subjectto capitalization beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is availablefor general release to customers. In most instances, we believe our current process for developing products is essentially completed concurrentlywith the establishment of technological feasibility and thus, software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

  

Warranty

 

The standard warranty periods we provide for our products typically rangefrom one to five years. We establish reserves for estimated product warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized based upon our historicalwarranty experience, and for any known or anticipated product warranty issues. If actual return rates and/or replacement costs differsignificantly from our estimates, adjustments to recognize additional warranty expense in cost of revenue may be required in future periods.

 

Restructuring Charges

 

We recognize costs and related liabilities for restructuring activitieswhen they are incurred. Our restructuring charges are primarily comprised of employee separation costs, asset impairments and contractexit costs. Employee separation costs include one-time termination benefits that are recognized as a liability at estimated fair value,at the time of communication to employees, unless future service is required, in which case the costs are recognized ratably over thefuture service period. Ongoing termination benefits are recognized as a liability at estimated fair value when the amount of such benefitsare probable and reasonably estimable. Contract exit costs include contract termination fees and right-of-use asset impairments recognizedon the date that we have vacated the premises or ceased use of the leased facilities. A liability for contract termination fees is recognizedin the period in which we terminate the contract.

  

Leases

 

We determine if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, atthe inception of the arrangement and evaluate whether the lease is an operating lease or a finance lease at the commencement date. Werecognize right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities for operating and finance leases with terms greater than 12 months.ROU assets represent our right to use an asset for the lease term, while lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments.To the extent a lease includes a renewal option, we include such options in the calculation of the ROU asset and lease liability if itis reasonably assured that we will exercise the option. Operating and finance lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized based onthe present value of lease payments over the lease term at the lease commencement date. We do not separate lease and nonlease componentsof contracts. To determine the present value of lease payments, we use the implicit interest rate, if it is readily determinable or estimable.To the extent that we are unable to utilize an interest rate implicit in the lease, we generally use our collateralized incremental borrowingrate based on the information available at the lease commencement date, including lease term, in determining the present value of leasepayments. Operating and finance lease ROU assets are recognized net of any lease prepayments and incentives. Operating lease expenseis recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Finance lease expense is recognized based on the effective-interest methodover the lease term.

 

 

 

 F-12 

 

 

For leases that we acquire in acquisition transactions, we generally electnot to recognize assets or liabilities at the acquisition date for leases that, at the acquisition date, have a remaining lease term of12 months or less.

 

Refer to Note 9 below for additional information regarding our leases.

 

Advertising Expenses

 

Advertising expenses are recorded in the period incurred and totaled $224,000and $237,000 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The costs are included in selling, general and administrativeexpenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Segment Information

 

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for whichseparate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), who is our Chief ExecutiveOfficer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess our financial and operational performance. Our CODM evaluates our financialinformation, such as revenue, gross profit and net income (loss), and resources, and assesses the performance of these resources on aconsolidated and aggregated basis. As a result, we have determined that our business operates in a single operating segment: the development,marketing, and sale of industrial and enterprise IoT products and services.

  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Credit Losses

 

In July 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)issued a final Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) amending Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326, FinancialInstruments – Credit Losses, to allow all entities to elect a practical expedient when determining the expected credit losses ontrade accounts receivable. The practical expedient allows companies to assume that the current conditions as of the balance sheet datewill remain unchanged through the remaining life of the asset. The standard will be effective for Lantronix beginning with our interimfinancial statements for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2027. The impact of adopting this guidance is not expected to have a materialeffect on our consolidated financial statements.  

 

Income Tax Disclosures

 

In December 2023, the FASB issued a final standard on improvements to incometax disclosures. The new standard requires disaggregated information about a company’s effective tax rate reconciliation and informationon income taxes paid. The standard will be effective for Lantronix beginning with our annual financial statements for the fiscal yearending June 30, 2026. The impact of adopting this guidance is not expected to be material to our consolidated financial position and resultsof operations, since it requires only enhancements to existing income tax disclosures in the footnotes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Segment Disclosures

 

In November 2023, the FASB issued an ASU requiring incremental disclosuresrelated to a public company’s reportable segments. The new guidance was issued primarily to provide financial statement users withmore disaggregated expense information about a company’s reportable segments. The guidance does not change the definition of a segment,the method for determining segments, or the criteria for aggregating operating segments into reportable segments. The guidance becameeffective for Lantronix on a retrospective basis beginning with our annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025.The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses

 

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, which will require disclosure,in the notes to financial statements, of specified information about certain costs and expenses, including disclosure of amounts for (i)purchases of inventory, (ii) employee compensation, (iii) depreciation and (iv) intangible asset amortization, included in each relevantexpense caption. In January 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-01, which clarified the effective date of ASU 2024-03. The standard will beeffective for our annual financial statements beginning in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2028. We are currently evaluating the impactof this accounting standard on our financial statement presentation and its related disclosures.

 

   

 

 

 F-13 

 

 

 

2.   Revenue

 

Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of promised productsor services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those products or services.We apply the following five-step approach in determining the amount and timing of revenue to be recognized: (i) identifying the contractwith a customer, (ii) identifying the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determining the transaction price, (iv) allocatingthe transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (v) recognizing revenue when the performance obligationsare satisfied. On occasion we enter into contracts that can include various combinations of products and services, which are generallycapable of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations.

  

Revenue is recognized exclusive of (i) any taxes collected from customers,which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities and (ii) shipping and handling costs collected from customers.

 

Products

 

Most of our product revenue is recognized as a distinct single performanceobligation when products are tendered to a carrier for delivery, which represents the point in time that our customer obtains controlof the promised products. A smaller portion of our product revenue is recognized when our customer receives delivery of the promised products.

  

A significant portion of our products are sold to distributors under agreementswhich contain (i) limited rights to return unsold products and (ii) price adjustment provisions, both of which are accounted for as variableconsideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. We base our estimates for returns and price adjustments primarily onhistorical experience; however, we also consider contractual allowances, approved pricing adjustments and other known or anticipated returnsand price adjustments in a given period. Such estimates are generally made at the time of shipment to the customer and updated at theend of each reporting period as additional information becomes available and only to the extent that it is probable that a significantreversal of any incremental revenue will not occur. Our estimates of accrued variable consideration are included in other current liabilitiesin the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Services

 

Revenues from our extended warranty, technical support, and maintenanceservices are generally recognized ratably over the applicable service period. Although not significant to date, revenues from sales ofour software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) solutions are recognized ratably over the applicable service period as well.

 

We prepay sales commissions related to certain of these contracts, whichare incremental costs of obtaining the contract. We capitalize these costs and expense them ratably on a straight-line basis over thelife of the contract. At June 30, 2025, prepaid sales commissions included in prepaid expenses and other current assets totaled $404,000and included in other assets totaled $134,000.At June 30, 2024, prepaid sales commissions included in prepaid expenses and other current assets totaled $194,000 and includedin other assets totaled $190,000.

 

 

 

 

 

 F-14 

 

 

Engineering Services

 

We derive a portion of our revenues from engineering and related consultingservice contracts with customers. Revenues from professional engineering services are generally recognized as services are performed.These contracts generally include performance obligations in which control is transferred over time because the customer either simultaneouslyreceives and consumes the benefits provided or our performance on the contract creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls.These contracts typically provide services on the following basis:

 

  · Time & Materials (“T&M”) – services consist of revenues from software modification, consulting implementation, training and integration services. These services are set forth separately in the contractual arrangements such that the total price of the customer arrangement is expected to vary depending on the actual time and materials incurred based on the customer’s needs.
     
  · Fixed Price – arrangements to render specific consulting and software modification services which tend to be more complex.

 

Performance obligations for T&M contracts qualify for the “Rightto Invoice” practical expedient within the revenue guidance. Under this practical expedient, we may recognize revenue, over time,in the amount to which we have a right to invoice. In addition, we are not required to estimate variable consideration upon inceptionof the contract and reassess the estimate each reporting period. We have determined that this method best represents the transfer of servicesas, upon billing, we have a right to consideration from a customer in an amount that directly corresponds with the value to the customerof our performance completed to date.

 

We recognize revenue on fixed price contracts, over time, using an inputmethod based on the proportion of our actual costs incurred (generally labor hours expended) to the total costs expected to complete thecontract performance obligation. We have determined that this method best represents the transfer of services as the proportion closelydepicts the efforts or inputs completed towards the satisfaction of a fixed price contract performance obligation.

 

Multiple Performance Obligations

 

From time to time, we may enter into contracts with customers that includepromises to transfer multiple deliverables that may include sales of products, professional engineering services and other product qualificationor certification services. Determining whether the deliverables in such arrangements are considered distinct performance obligations thatshould be accounted for separately versus together often requires judgment. We consider performance obligations to be distinct when thecustomer can benefit from the promised good or service on its own or by combining it with other resources readily available and when thepromised good or service is separately identifiable from other promised goods or services in the contract. In such arrangements, we allocaterevenue on a relative standalone selling price basis by maximizing the use of observable inputs to determine the standalone selling pricefor each performance obligation.

  

Net Revenue by Product Line and Geographic Region

 

We organize our products and solutions into three product lines: EmbeddedIoT Solutions, IoT System Solutions, and Software & Services. Our Embedded IoT products are normally embedded into new designs. Theseproducts include application processing that delivers compute to meet customer needs for data transformation, computer vision, machinelearning, augmented / virtual reality, audio / video aggregation and distribution, and custom applications at the edge. Our IoT Systemproducts include wired and wireless connections that enhance the value and utility of modern electronic systems and equipment by providingsecure network connectivity, power for IoT end devices through Power over Ethernet (“PoE”), application hosting, protocolconversion, media conversion, secure access for distributed IoT deployments and many other functions. Our Software & Services productscan be classified as either (i) our SaaS platform, which enables customers to easily deploy, monitor, manage, and automate across theirglobal deployments, all from a single platform login, virtually connected as though directly on each device, (ii) engineering services,which is a flexible business model that allows customers to select from turnkey product development or team augmentation for acceleratingcomplex areas of product development or (iii) extended warranty, support and maintenance.

 

 

 

 F-15 

 

 

We conduct our business globally and manage our sales teams by three geographicregions: the Americas; Europe, Middle East, and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia Pacific Japan (“APJ”).

  

The following tables present our net revenue by product line and by geographicregion. We present net revenues by geographic region generally based on the “ship-to” location of our customers for productsales and the “bill-to” location for services:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Embedded IoT Solutions  $46,380   $46,953 
IoT System Solutions   68,735    104,450 
Software & Services   7,808    8,924 
   $122,923   $160,327 

 

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Americas  $70,126   $78,203 
EMEA   30,898    64,025 
APJ   21,899    18,099 
   $122,923   $160,327 

 

The following table presents product revenues and service revenues asa percentage of our total net revenue:

          
   Year Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
         
Product revenues   94%    94% 
Service revenues   6%    6% 

 

Service revenues are comprised primarily of professional services, softwarelicense subscriptions, and extended warranties.

  

Contract Balances

 

In certain instances, the timing of revenue recognition may differ fromthe timing of invoicing to our customers. We record a contract asset receivable when revenue is recognized prior to invoicing, and a contractor deferred revenue liability when revenue is recognized subsequent to invoicing. With respect to product shipments, we expect to fulfillcontract obligations within one year and so we have elected not to separately disclose the amount nor the timing of recognition ofthese remaining performance obligations. For contract balances related to contracts that include services and multiple performance obligations,refer to the deferred revenue discussion below.

  

 

 

 F-16 

 

 

Deferred Revenue

 

Deferred revenue is primarily comprised of unearned revenue related toour extended warranty, support and maintenance services and certain software services. These services are generally invoiced at the beginningof the contract period and revenue is recognized ratably over the service period. Current and non-current deferred revenue balances representrevenue allocated to the remaining unsatisfied performance obligations at the end of a reporting period and are respectively includedin other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

The following table presents the changes in our deferred revenue balance:

             
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2025      2024  
    (In thousands)  

Beginning balance

  $5,753    $ 3,381  
New performance obligations   4,292      6,973  
Recognition of revenue as a result of satisfying performance obligations   (4,489)     (4,601 )
Ending Balance  $5,556    $ 5,753  
Less: non-current portion of deferred revenue   (2,255)     (2,736 )
Current portion  $3,301    $ 3,017  

 

During the years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, approximately $3,000,000and $2,400,000, respectively, of the revenue recognized as a result of satisfying performance obligations was included in the contractliability balance at the beginning of the period.

 

We currently expect to recognize substantially all of the non-currentportion of deferred revenue over the next 2 to 5 years.

 

 

3.   Acquisition

 

On December 23, 2024 (the “Closing Date”), we finalized theacquisition of Netcomm Wireless Pty Ltd (“Netcomm”), a subsidiary of DZS Inc., for $6,458,000 in cash. Netcomm operates anenterprise IoT business. The acquisition complements our focus on Enterprise and Smart City vertical markets and adds products to enhanceour connectivity solutions in areas such as critical infrastructure, asset monitoring and telecommunications.  

 

A summary of the purchase consideration for the Netcomm acquisition isas follows (in thousands):

     
Cash paid, including initial working capital adjustments  $6,458 
Total purchase consideration  $6,458 

 

We recorded the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquiredbased on their estimated fair values as of the Closing Date and allocated the remaining purchase consideration to goodwill. Our valuationassumptions of acquired assets and assumed liabilities require significant estimates, especially with respect to intangible assets. Updatesto the valuation of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed may result in changes to the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities,with corresponding adjustments to goodwill in subsequent periods.

 

Subsequent to the acquisition, based on additional analysis and refinementsto our estimates, we adjusted the preliminary purchase price allocation as of the Closing Date to (i) increase the estimated fair valueof intangible assets acquired by $279,000, (ii) decrease the fair value of accounts receivable, net by $904,000, (iii) decrease the fairvalue of accounts payable and other accrued liabilities by $202,000 and (iv) decrease the fair value of inventory by $175,000. These adjustmentsresulted in an increase to goodwill of $598,000. In March 2025, DZS, Inc. commenced a liquidation proceeding under Chapter 7 of theU.S. Bankruptcy Code. At that time, we had yet to settle the accounts receivable and accounts payable balances agreed to in the Netcommacquisition agreement. As such, we updated our estimates of the acquisition date fair value of these balances as described above.

 

 

 

 F-17 

 

 

The final purchase price allocation is as follows (in thousands):

     
Inventories  $797 
Amortizable intangible assets   2,437 
Goodwill   3,265 
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities   (41)
Total consideration  $6,458 

 

The factors that contributed to a purchase price resulting in the recognitionof goodwill include our belief that this acquisition will create a more diverse IoT company with respect to product offerings and ourbelief that we are committed to improving cost structures in accordance with our operational and restructuring plans.

 

Depending on the structure of a particular acquisition, goodwill and identifiableintangible assets may not be deductible for tax purposes. We have determined that goodwill and identifiable intangible assets relatedto this acquisition are deductible for tax purposes.

 

Acquisition-related costs were expensed in the periods in which the costswere incurred.

 

The valuation of identifiable intangible assets and their estimated usefullives are as follows:

        
   Asset Fair Value   Weighted Average Useful Life
   (In thousands)   (In years)
Customer relationships  $1,587   14.0
Developed technology   462   6.0
Trademarks and trade names   91   2.0
Customer backlog   297   1.0

 

The intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimatedweighted-average useful lives.

 

Valuation Methodology

 

The customer relationships were valued using the multi-period excess earningsmethod, which estimates revenues and cash flows derived from this asset and also considers portions of the cash flows that can be attributedto the use of other supporting assets so that these cash flows can be excluded. The useful lives of customer relationships are estimatedbased primarily upon the probability of loss associated with two major customers and customer turnover data for the other customers. Orderbacklog was estimated to be substantially fulfilled within a year of the Closing Date.

 

Developed technology and trades names were valued using the relief-from-royaltymethod. This method is an income approach that estimates the portion of a company’s earnings attributable to an asset based on theroyalty rate the company would have paid for the use of the asset if it did not own it. Royalty payments are estimated by applying a royaltyrate to the prospective revenue attributable to the intangible asset. The resulting annual royalty payments are tax-affected and thendiscounted to present value.

 

 

 

 F-18 

 

 

Assumptions used in forecasting cash flows for eachof the identified intangible assets included consideration of the following:

 

  · Historical performance including sales and profitability
     
  · Business prospects and industry expectations
     
  · Estimated economic life of the asset
     
  · Development of new technologies
     
  · Acquisition of new customers
     
  · Attrition of existing customers
     
  · Obsolescence of technology over time

 

Supplemental Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)

 

The following supplemental pro forma data summarizes our results of operationsfor the periods presented, as if we completed the acquisition as of the first day of our fiscal 2024. The supplemental pro forma datareports actual operating results adjusted to include the pro forma effect and timing of the impact of amortization expense of identifiedintangible assets, the purchase accounting effect on inventories acquired, and transaction costs. In accordance with the pro forma acquisitiondate, we recorded in fiscal 2024 supplemental pro forma data acquisition-related costs of $371,000, with a corresponding reduction inthe fiscal 2025 supplemental pro forma data. Additionally, we recorded (i) additional amortization expense of $20,000, and (ii) $88,000reduction in cost of goods sold from manufacturing profit in acquired inventory in the fiscal 2025 supplemental pro forma data, and (i)additional amortization expense of $634,000 and (ii) cost of goods sold from manufacturing profit in acquired inventory of $106,000 infiscal 2024 supplemental pro forma data.

 

Supplemental pro forma data is as follows:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Pro forma net revenue  $124,784   $168,103 
Pro forma net loss  $(10,702)  $(3,876)
           
Pro forma net loss per share:          
Basic and Diluted  $(0.28)  $(0.10)

 

Net revenue related to products and services from the acquisition of Netcommcontributed approximately 3% of our total net revenue for the year ended June 30, 2025. As of the Closing Date, we began to immediatelyintegrate the acquisition into existing operations, engineering groups, sales distribution networks and management structure, making itgenerally impracticable to determine the post-acquisition earnings on a standalone basis.

 

 

 

 F-19 

 

 

 

4.   Supplemental Financial Information

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The following table presents details of our accountsreceivable:

          
   June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Accounts receivable  $25,231   $31,526 
Allowance for credit losses   (139)   (247)
Accounts receivable, net  $25,092   $31,279 

 

Inventories

 

The following table presents details of our inventories:

          
   June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Finished goods  $15,603   $14,167 
Raw materials   10,768    13,531 
Inventories, net  $26,371   $27,698 

 

Property and Equipment

 

The following table presents details of our propertyand equipment:

          
   June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Computer, software and office equipment  $4,886   $4,531 
Furniture and fixtures   2,698    2,748 
Production, development and warehouse equipment   3,946    4,033 
Construction-in-progress       16 
Property and equipment, gross   11,530    11,328 
Less accumulated depreciation   (9,074)   (7,312)
Property and equipment, net  $2,456   $4,016 

 

 

 

 F-20 

 

 

Goodwill

 

The following table presents details of our goodwillbalance:

     
   Year Ended 
   June 30, 2025 
   (In thousands) 
Balance at June 30, 2024  $27,824 
Acquisition of NetComm   3,265 
Balance at June 30, 2025  $31,089 

 

Intangible Assets

 

The following table presents details of our intangibleassets:

                              
   June 30, 2025   June 30, 2024 
   Gross Carrying Amount   Accumulated Amortization   Net Book Value   Gross Carrying Amount   Accumulated Amortization   Net Book Value 
   (In thousands) 
Developed technology  $6,793   $(6,066)   727   $6,331   $(5,293)  $1,038 
Customer relationships   19,116    (16,321)   2,795    17,528    (13,315)   4,213 
Order backlog   297    (149)   148             
Trademark and trade name   1,516    (1,448)   68    1,425    (1,425)    
   $27,722   $(23,984)   3,738   $25,284   $(20,033)  $5,251 

 

We do not currently have any intangible assets withindefinite useful lives.

 

As of June 30, 2025, future estimated amortizationexpense is as follows:

     
Years Ending June 30,    
(In thousands)    
2026  $1,562 
2027   539 
2028   256 
2029   191 
2030   191 
Thereafter   999 
Total future amortization  $3,738 

 

 

 

 F-21 

 

 

Warranty Reserve

 

The following table presents details of our warrantyreserve:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Beginning balance  $840   $788 
Charged to cost of revenues   220    376 
Usage   (397)   (324)
Ending balance  $663   $840 

 

Other Liabilities

 

The following table presents details of our otherliabilities:

          
   June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Current        
Accrued variable consideration  $2,557   $1,796 
Customer deposits and refunds   321    436 
Accrued raw materials purchases   204    126 
Deferred revenue   3,301    3,017 
Lease liability   1,594    1,767 
Taxes payable   103    772 
Warranty reserve   663    840 
Accrued operating expenses   1,879    2,217 
Total other current liabilities  $10,622   $10,971 
           
Non-current          
Lease liability  $7,811   $8,563 
Deferred tax liability   172    179 
Deferred revenue   2,255    2,736 
Total other non-current liabilities  $10,238   $11,478 

 

 

 

 F-22 

 

 

Computation of Net Loss per Share

 

The following table presents the computation of net loss per share:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands, except per share data) 
Numerator:        
Net loss  $(11,373)  $(4,516)
           
Denominator:          
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic and diluted   38,613    37,386 
           
Net loss per share - basic and diluted  $(0.29)  $(0.12)

 

The following table presents the common stock equivalents excluded fromthe diluted net loss per share calculation because they were anti-dilutive for the periods presented. These excluded common stock equivalentscould be dilutive in the future.

        
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Common stock equivalents   528    847 

 

Restructuring, Severance and Related Charges

 

In January 2025 we undertook a headcount reduction totaling approximately12% of our worldwide headcount primarily in the U.S. and India locations. We may incur additional charges in future periods as we identifyadditional cost saving opportunities related to our business. The following table presents details of the liability we recorded relatedto restructuring, severance and related activities during the current fiscal year:

     
   Year Ended 
   June 30, 
   2025 
   (In thousands) 
Beginning balance  $253 
Employee-related charges   3,156 
Lease restructuring charges   379 
Payments   (3,309)
Ending balance  $479 

 

The ending balance is recorded in accrued payroll and related expenseson the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2025.

 

 

 

 F-23 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

The following table presents non-cash investing and financing transactionsexcluded from the consolidated statements of cash flows:

        
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Acquisition of property through operating leases  $1,027   $ 
Accrued property and equipment paid for in the subsequent period  $27   $74 

 

 

5.   Senior Credit Facilities

  

In September 2024 we entered into a Fourth Amendment to the Third Amendedand Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Amendment”) with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”), pertaining to ourthen-existing term loan and revolving credit facility (together, the “Senior Credit Facilities”), which amended that certainThird Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2021, as amended by the First Amendment to Third Amendedand Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2021, as amended by the Second Amendment to Third Amended and RestatedLoan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2022, as amended by the Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Loan and SecurityAgreement, dated as of September 7, 2022, by and among Lantronix and SVB (collectively with the Amendment, the “Third Amended andRestated Loan Agreement”).

 

The Amendment, among other things, extended the maturity date of our SeniorCredit Facilities from August 2, 2025 to August 2, 2026. The Senior Credit Facilities bore interest at the Term Secured Overnight FinancingRate (“SOFR”) or the Prime Rate, at the option of Lantronix, plus a margin that ranged from 3.10% to 4.10% in the case ofTerm SOFR and 1.50% to 2.50% in the case of the Prime Rate, depending on our total leverage with a Term SOFR floor of 1.50% and a PrimeRate floor of 3.25%. The minimum liquidity requirement under the Senior Credit Facilities was $4,000,000. The Senior Credit Facilitieswere secured by substantially all of our assets.

 

In April 2023, we entered into a Letter Agreement (the “Letter Agreement”)with SVB, which, among other matters, amended the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement to reduce the former requirement to hold 85%of our company-wide cash balances at SVB to 50%, and provided a waiver of any event of default under the Third Amended and Restated LoanAgreement for any failure to comply with this covenant prior to the date of the Letter Agreement.

 

The following table summarizes our outstanding debt under the Senior CreditFacilities:

          
   June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Outstanding borrowings on Senior Credit Facilities  $11,829   $16,341 
Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs   (75)   (120)
Net Carrying amount of debt   11,754    16,221 
Less: Current portion   (3,070)   (3,002)
Non-current portion  $8,684   $13,219 

 

During the year ended June 30, 2025, we recognized $1,238,000 of interestexpense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations related to interest and amortization of debt issuance associated withthe borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities.

  

 

 

 F-24 

 

 

The Senior Credit Facilities required Lantronix tocomply with a minimum liquidity test, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. We were in compliance with allfinancial covenants as of June 30, 2025.

 

Liquidity

 

The Senior Credit Facilities require that we maintaina minimum liquidity of $4,000,000 at SVB, as measured at the end of each month.

 

Maximum leverage ratio

 

The Senior Credit Facilities required that we maintaina maximum leverage ratio, calculated as the ratio of funded debt to the consolidated trailing 12-month earnings before interest, taxes,depreciation and amortization, and certain other allowable exclusions of 2.00 to 1.00 as measured at the end of each calendar quarter.

 

Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio

 

The Senior Credit Facilities required that we maintaina minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, calculated as the ratio of consolidated trailing 12-month earnings before interest, taxes, depreciationand amortization, and certain other allowable exclusions, less capital expenditures and taxes paid, to the trailing twelve month principaland interest payments on all funded debt of 1.25 to 1.00 as measured at the end of each calendar quarter.

 

In addition, the Senior Credit Facilities contained customary representationsand warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict Lantronix and its subsidiaries’ abilityto incur liens, incur indebtedness, dispose of assets, make investments, make certain restricted payments, merge or consolidate and enterinto certain speculative hedging arrangements. The Senior Credit Facilities included a number of events of default, including, among otherthings, non-payment defaults, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other materials indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults andmaterial judgment defaults. If any event of default were to occur (subject, in certain instances, to specified grace periods), the principal,premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding amounts under the Senior Credit Facilities couldbecome due and payable immediately.

 

New Financing Arrangements

 

On August 15, 2025, we entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Loanand Security Agreement with SVB (the “Loan Agreement”), which effectively refinanced our outstanding term loan with an asset-backedrevolving line of credit secured by our accounts receivable. The new line provides us with a revolving credit facility of up to $15,000,000,subject to customary borrowing base limitations. The revolving credit facility is scheduled to mature on August 1, 2028. Borrowings underthe revolving credit facility will bear interest on the outstanding principal equal to the greater of (i) 5.0% and (ii) the Prime Rateplus a margin of 0.0% to 0.5%, with the applicable margin depending on our liquidity.

 

The Loan Agreement requires us to comply with a minimum liquidity test.The Loan Agreement also includes customary representations and warranties and affirmative and negative covenants, including covenantsthat limit or restrict our ability to incur liens or indebtedness, dispose of assets, make investments, make restricted payments, mergeor consolidate, and enter into certain transactions with our affiliates. The Loan Agreement includes customary events of default, including,among other things, non-payment defaults, covenant defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, and material judgment defaults. If anyevent of default under the Loan Agreement occurs (subject, in certain instances, to specified grace or cure periods), the principal, interestand any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding amounts may become due and payable immediately.

 

 

 

 F-25 

 

 

 

6.   Stockholders’ Equity

  

Stock Incentive Plans

 

We have stock incentive plans in effect under which non-qualified and incentivestock options to purchase shares of Lantronix common stock (“stock options”) have been granted to employees, non-employeesand board members. In addition, we have previously granted restricted common stock awards (“non-vested shares”) to employeesand board members under these plans. In November 2020, our stockholders voted to approve the 2020 Performance Incentive Plan (the “2020Plan”), replacing our Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”), which expired in September 2020.At the 2010 Plan’s expiration date, approximately 1,097,000 shares of our common stock that remained available for award grantsunder the 2010 Plan became available for award grants under the 2020 Plan. An additional 2,500,000 shares our common stock were also madeavailable at that time for award grants under the 2020 Plan, and shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2010 Planthat expired, were cancelled, or otherwise terminate after the expiration date of the 2010 Plan became available for award grant purposesunder the 2020 Plan. In both November 2022 and November 2024, our stockholders voted to approve amendments to the 2020 Plan that, amongother things, increased the aggregate number of shares of our common stock available for award grants under the plan in each case by 1,800,000shares, for a total increase of 3,600,000 shares. The 2020 Plan authorizes awards of stock options (both non-qualified and incentive),stock appreciation rights, non-vested shares, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance shares (“PSUs”).New shares are issued to satisfy stock option exercises and share issuances. At June 30, 2025, approximately 1,758,000 shares remain availablefor issuance under the 2020 Plan. We have also granted stock options, RSUs and PSUs under individual inducement award agreements.

 

The Compensation Committee of our board of directors determines eligibility,vesting schedules and exercise prices for stock options and shares granted under the plans. Stock options are generally granted with anexercise price equal to the market price of our common stock on the grant date. Stock options generally have a contractual term of sevento ten years. Share-based awards generally vest and become exercisable over a one to four-year service period. As of June 30, 2025, nostock appreciation rights or non-vested stock was outstanding. No income tax benefit was realized from activity in the share-based plansduring the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024.

 

Restricted Stock Units

  

The fair value of our RSUs is based on the closing market price of ourcommon stock on the grant date.

  

The following table presents a summary of activity with respect to ourRSUs:

          
   Number of Shares   Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share 
   (In thousands)     
Balance of RSUs outstanding at June 30, 2024   1,881   $4.89 
Granted   1,625    3.23 
Forfeited   (486)   4.09 
Vested   (913)   4.95 
Balance of RSUs outstanding at June 30, 2025   2,107   $3.76 

 

 

 

 F-26 

 

 

Performance Shares

 

The fair value of our PSUs is estimated as of the grant date based uponthe expected achievement of the performance metrics specified in the grant and the closing market price of our common stock on the dateof grant. To the extent a grant of PSUs contains a market condition, the grant date fair value is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulationwith the following weighted average assumptions:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
Volatility of Common Stock   65.99%    62.00% 
Average correlation coefficient of peer companies   0.36    0.34 
Risk-free interest rate   4.52%    4.55% 
Dividend yield   0.00%    0.00% 
Contract Term   2.99    2.92 

 

The following table presents a summary of activity with respect to ourPSUs:

          
   Number of Shares   Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share 
   (In thousands)     
Balance of PSUs outstanding at June 30, 2024   1,669   $5.82 
Granted   583    4.73 
Forfeited   (588)   5.09 
Vested   (669)   5.24 
Balance of PSUs outstanding at June 30, 2025   995   $6.06 

 

Stock Option Awards

 

The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the grant dateusing the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula. The expected term of stock options granted is based on our recent historical exercisedata. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of our stock price. The risk-free interest rate assumption is basedon the U.S. Treasury interest rates appropriate for the expected term of our stock options.

 

The following table presents a summary of activity for all of our stockoptions:

                    
       Weighted-Average     
       Exercise   Remaining   Aggregate 
   Number of   Price   Contractual   Intrinsic 
   Shares   Per Share   Term   Value 
   (In thousands)       (In years)   (In thousands) 
Balance of options outstanding at June 30, 2024   567   $4.13           
Forfeited   (15)   5.46           
Expired   (108)   4.84           
Exercised   (230)   3.36           
Balance of options outstanding at June 30, 2025   214   $4.51    3.5   $2 
Options exercisable at June 30, 2025   173   $4.41    3.5   $2 

 

 

 

 F-27 

 

 

The following table presents a summary of grant date fair value and intrinsicvalue information for all of our stock options:

        
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Intrinsic value of options exercised  $203   $568 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

Our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) is intendedto provide employees with an opportunity to purchase our common stock through accumulated payroll deductions at the end of a specifiedpurchase period. Each of our employees (including officers) is eligible to participate in our ESPP, subject to certain limitations asset forth in our ESPP.

 

The ESPP currently operates with six month offering periods commencingon the first trading day on or after May 16 and November 16 of each year (an “Offering Period”). Common stock may be purchasedunder the ESPP at the end of each six-month Offering Period unless the participant withdraws or terminates employment earlier. Sharesof the Company’s common stock may be purchased under the ESPP at a price not less than 85% of the lesser of the fair market valueof our common stock on the first or last trading day of each Offering Period. The ESPP limits the number of shares of common stock thatmay be issued under the plan to 1,800,000 shares.

 

The per share fair value of stock purchase rights granted under the ESPPwas estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
Expected term (in years)   0.5    0.5 
Expected volatility   69%    72% 
Risk-free interest rate   4.44%    5.39% 
Dividend yield   0.00%    0.00% 

 

The following table presents a summary of activity under our ESPP:

     
   Year Ended 
   June 30, 2025 
   (In thousands, except per share data) 
Shares available for issuance at June 30, 2024   181 
Shares issued   (155)
Shares available for issuance at June 30, 2025   26 
Weighted-average purchase price per share  $2.19 
Intrinsic value of ESPP shares on purchase date  $60 

 

After the purchase and issuance of shares that occurred in May 2025, theESPP has been suspended until further notice.

 

 

 

 F-28 

 

 

Share-Based Compensation Expense

 

The following table presents a summary of share-based compensation expenseincluded in each applicable functional line item on our consolidated statements of operations:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Cost of revenues  $186   $237 
Selling, general and administrative   4,424    6,248 
Research and development   1,522    1,852 
Total share-based compensation expense  $6,132   $8,337 

 

The following table presents a summary of the remaining unrecognized share-basedcompensation expense related to our outstanding share-based awards as of June 30, 2025:

          
   Remaining Unrecognized Compensation Expense   Remaining Weighted-Average Years to Recognize 
   (In thousands)     
Stock options  $91    1.6 
RSUs   6,373    2.1 
PSUs   2,181    1.7 
   $8,645      

 

If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvestedshare-based awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel remaining unearned share-based compensation expense. Future share-basedcompensation expense and unearned share-based compensation expense will increase to the extent that we grant additional share-based awards. 

  

 

7.   Retirement Plan

 

We have a retirement savings plan (the “Plan”) to which eligibleemployees may elect to make contributions through salary deferrals up to 100% of their base pay, subject to limitations. We made approximately$364,000 and $376,000 in matching contributions to participants in the Plan during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

 

In addition, we may make discretionary profit-sharing contributions, subjectto limitations. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, we made no such contributions to the Plan.

 

 

 

 F-29 

 

 

8.   Income Taxes

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following components: 

 

The following table presents U.S. and foreign income (loss) before incometaxes:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Current:          
Federal  $   $ 
State   28    380 
Foreign   (260)   332 
Total Current taxes  $(232)  $712 
Deferred:          
Federal   (7)   33 
State        
Foreign        
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  $(239)  $745 

 

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
United States  $(12,786)  $(4,655)
Foreign   1,174    884 
Loss before income taxes  $(11,612)  $(3,771)

 

 

 

 

 F-30 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred taxassets and liabilities are as follows:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Deferred tax assets:          
Tax losses and credits  $9,492   $8,984 
Reserves not currently deductible   2,673    2,738 
Capitalized research and development expenses   8,987    7,511 
State taxes   33     
Deferred compensation   356    1,509 
Inventory capitalization   2,235    2,570 
Lease liabilities   2,060    2,299 
Depreciation and amortization   108    172 
Identified intangibles   1,572    1,172 
Other   120    98 
Gross deferred tax assets   27,636    27,053 
Valuation allowance   (26,002)   (24,731)
Deferred tax assets, net   1,634    2,322 
Deferred tax liabilities:          
State taxes       (395)
Right-of-use assets   (1,806)   (2,106)
Deferred tax liabilities   (1,806)   (2,501)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)  $(172)  $(179)

 

Our net deferred tax liability of $172,000 and $179,000 at June 30, 2025and 2024, respectively, represents the excess of our indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities over our indefinite-lived deferred taxassets, and are recorded in other non-current liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 2025 and 2024. Realizationof deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income. As required by ASC 740, we have evaluated the positiveand negative evidence bearing upon our ability to realize the deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2025 and 2024. We have determinedthat it was more likely than not that Lantronix would not realize the deferred tax assets due to our cumulative losses and uncertaintyof generating future taxable income.

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the provision (benefit)for income taxes to taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Statutory federal provision (benefit) for income taxes  $(2,439)  $(792)
Increase (decrease) resulting from:          
State taxes   28   176 
Stock options   568    431 
Other permanent differences   218     
Expiration of R&D Credits   839    673 
Uncertain tax position   (1,211)   (523)
Change in valuation allowance   1,271    349 
Change in state tax rate   308    261 
Global intangible low-tax income inclusion   143     
Foreign tax rate variances   (72)   120 
Other   108    50 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  $(239)  $745 

 

 

 

 F-31 

 

 

We continue to assert that our foreign earnings are indefinitely reinvestedin our overseas operations and as such, deferred income taxes were not provided on undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries.The 2017 Act created a requirement that certain income earned by foreign subsidiaries, known as global intangible low-tax income (“GILTI”),must be included in the gross income of their U.S. shareholder. The FASB allows an accounting policy election of either recognizing deferredtaxes for temporary differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or recognizing such taxes as a current-period expense whenincurred. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, we elected to treat the tax effect of GILTI as a current-period expensewhen incurred.

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

 

The following table summarizes our liability for uncertain tax positionsfor the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025:

     
   Year Ended 
   June 30, 2025 
   (In thousands) 
Balance as of June 30, 2024  $4,289 
Change in balances related to uncertain tax positions   (1,211)
Balance as of June 30, 2025  $3,078 

 

At June 30, 2025, we had $3,078,000of gross unrecognized tax benefits which was recorded as a reduction to deferred tax assets, and a corresponding reduction in ourvaluation allowance of $3,078,000.The balance decreased from the prior year due to the expiration of certain federal research and development tax credit carryforwardsas well as the reversal of liabilities in connection with the dissolution of one of our foreign subsidiaries by a gross amount of $1,280,000.To the extent such portion of unrecognized tax benefits is recognized at a time such valuation allowance no longer exists, therecognition would reduce the effective tax rate. Our continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to incometax matters in income tax expense. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, we recorded an immaterial expense forinterest and penalties related to income tax matters in the provision for income taxes. At June 30, 2025, we had approximately$39,000of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

  

At June 30, 2025, our fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 through 2025 remainopen to examination by the federal taxing jurisdiction and our fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 through 2025 remain open to examinationby the state taxing jurisdictions. However, we have NOLs beginning in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 which would cause the statuteof limitations to remain open for the year in which the NOL was incurred. Our fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 through 2025 remain opento examination by foreign taxing authorities. We currently do not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30,2025 will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.

 

New Tax Legislation

 

In July 2025, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive legislationcommonly referred to as the One Big Beautiful Bill Act of 2025 (the “OBBB Act”). The OBBB Act, which includes a broad rangeof tax reform provisions, including extending and modifying certain key Tax Cuts and Jobs Act provisions (both domestic and international).It includes reinstating the option to claim 100% accelerated deprecations deductions on qualified property and immediate expensing ofdomestic research and development costs. Income tax accounting guidance requires the effects of tax law changes to be recognized in theperiod of enactment. Since the legislation was signed into law after June 30, 2025, it had no impact on our operating results for thefiscal year ended June 30, 2025. We are currently assessing the impact on our financial statements in future periods.

 

 

 

 F-32 

 

 

9.   Leases

 

In general, our leases include office buildings for various facilitiesworldwide which are all classified as operating leases. We also have financing leases related to some office equipment in the U.S.

 

The following presents components of lease expense and supplemental cashflow information:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
Components of lease expense  (In thousands) 
Operating lease cost  $2,369   $2,465 
Financing lease cost   107    110 
Financing lease interest expense   25    39 
           
Supplemental cash flow information          
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities  $1,765   $1,772 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of financing lease liabilities  $213   $222 
           
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligation  $1,027   $ 

 

As of June 30, 2025 and 2024, the weighted average discount rate forleases was 4.8% and 4.6%, respectively, and the weighted average remaining lease term for leases was 2.9 years and 3.4 years, respectively.

  

Maturities of lease liabilities as of June 30, 2025 were as follows:

          
Years ending June 30,  Operating   Financing 
   (In thousands) 
2026  $1,959   $117 
2027   1,906    22 
2028   1,968    20 
2029   1,741     
2030   976     
Thereafter   2,025     
Total remaining lease payments   10,575    159 
less: imputed interest   (1,310)   (19)
Lease liability  $9,265   $140 
Reported as:          
Current liabilities  $1,489   $105 
Non-current liabilities  $7,776   $35 

 

 

 

 F-33 

 

 

10.   Commitments and Contingencies

 

From time to time, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims in theordinary course of business. We are currently not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individuallyor in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial position, operating results or cash flows. We maintaininsurance policies for settlements and judgments, as well as legal defense costs, although the amount of insurance coverage that we maintainmay not be adequate to cover all claims or liabilities that may arise. In addition, provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation,Bylaws and indemnification agreements entered into with current and former directors and officers require us, among other things, to indemnifythese directors and officers against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officersand to advance expenses to such directors or officers in connection therewith.

 

 

11.   Significant Geographic, Customer and Supplier Information

 

Long-lived assets, which consists of property and equipment, net, leaseright-of-use assets, intangible assets, net, and goodwill by geographic area are as follows:

          
   June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
U.S.  $40,065   $38,650 
Canada   5,415    7,564 
Rest of world   225    444 
   $45,705   $46,658 

 

Customers

 

The following table presents sales to our significant customers as a percentageof net revenue:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
Top five customers (1)   44%    54% 
Customer A   15%    13% 
Customer B   *    25% 

 

(1) Includes Customer A and Customer B in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 and in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024.
* Less than 10%

 

The following table shows customers that had an outstanding receivablebalance that represented at least 10% of our total net accounts receivable:

          
   June 30, 
   2025   2024 
Customer A   18%    15% 
Customer B   *    26% 
Customer C   13%    * 

 

* Less than 10%

 

 

 

 F-34 

 

 

Related Party Transactions

 

We had no net revenue from related parties for the fiscal years ended June30, 2025 and 2024.

 

Suppliers

 

We do not own or operate a manufacturing facility. All of our productsare manufactured by third-party contract manufacturers and foundries primarily located in Thailand, Taiwan and China. We have severalsingle-sourced supplier relationships, either because alternative sources are not available or because the relationship is advantageousto us. If these suppliers are unable to provide a timely and reliable supply of components, we could experience manufacturing delays thatcould adversely affect our consolidated results of operations.

 

12. Segment Reporting

 

The following table presents segment revenue, gross profit, and net income(loss) for the periods presented:

          
   Years Ended June 30, 
   2025   2024 
   (In thousands) 
Net revenue  $122,923   $160,327 
Less cost of revenue:          
Other costs of revenue   70,515    94,452 
Share-based compensation   186    237 
Amortization of manufacturing profit in acquired inventory   88    822 
Depreciation and amortization   435    462 
Total cost of revenue   71,224    95,973 
Gross profit   51,699    64,354 
Less:          
Personnel-related expenses   32,551    35,338 
Professional fees and outside services   4,878    5,037 
Advertising and marketing   2,239    2,346 
Facilities and insurance   4,391    5,277 
Share-based compensation   5,946    8,100 
Depreciation   1,649    1,701 
Outside services   636    505 
Product certifications   499    462 
Other operating expenses   2,054    1,722 
Restructuring, severance and related charges   3,535    1,423 
Acquisition-related costs   371     
Fair value remeasurement of earnout consideration       (9)
Amortization of intangible assets   3,951    5,314 
Interest expense, net   511    916 
Other expense (income)   100    (7)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes   (239)   745 
Total segment expenses   63,072    68,870 
           
Segment net loss  $(11,373)  $(4,516)

 

 

 

 F-35 

Exhibit 10.12

 

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

2020 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

Name of Grantee: [________]
Total Number of Stock Units Subject to this Grant1: [_____]
Date of Grant: [______], 2025

 

 

This Notice evidences thatyou have been granted an award of restricted stock units (the “Stock Units”) of Lantronix, Inc. (the “Company”)as to the number of Stock Units set forth above. The Stock Units will become vested (i) as to one-third (1/3) of the total number of StockUnits subject to the award on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, and (ii) as to the remaining two-thirds of the total numberof Stock Units subject to the award in eight (8) equal installments, with one installment vesting on the first day of the last month ofeach calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the first anniversary of the Date of Grant occurs (so the first such installmentwill vest on September 1, 2026 and the last such installment will vest on June 1, 2028).

 

By your acceptance of theaward, you agree that the award of Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company's 2020 PerformanceIncentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) and the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award(the “Terms”), which are attached and incorporated herein by this reference. This Notice of Grant of Restricted StockUnit Award, together with the Terms, is referred to as the “Agreement” applicable to your award. The award has beengranted to you in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other form of compensation otherwise payable or to be paid to you. Capitalizedterms are defined in the Plan if not defined herein or in the Terms. The Plan, the Terms, and the Prospectus for the Plan are availableby calling the Company at (949) 453-3990.

 

By accepting this award, youagree to execute any documents and take such further actions that the Company may reasonably request in order to establish and/or maintaina brokerage account to hold the shares subject to this grant.

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.   ACCEPTED AND AGREED BY GRANTEE
         
By:     By:  
Name:     Name:  
Title:        

 

 

 

 

 

______________________________

1 Subject to adjustment under Section 7.1 of the Plan.

 

 1 

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

2020 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITAWARD

 

1.     General.

 

These Terms and Conditions of Restricted StockUnit Award (these “Terms”) apply to a particular grant of stock units (the “Award”) under the Planif incorporated by reference in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Grant Notice”) correspondingto that particular grant. The recipient of the Award identified in the Grant Notice is referred to as the “Grantee.”The effective date of grant of the Award as set forth in the Grant Notice is referred to as the “Award Date.” The numberof stock units covered by the Award is subject to adjustment under Section 7.1 of the Plan.

 

The Award was granted under and subject to theLantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms are defined in the Plan if not definedherein. The Award has been granted to the Grantee in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other form of compensation otherwise payableor to be paid to the Grantee. The Grant Notice and these Terms are collectively referred to as the “Agreement” applicableto the Award.

 

As used in this Agreement, the term “stockunit” means a non-voting unit of measurement which is deemed for bookkeeping purposes to be the equivalent to one outstandingshare of the Company’s Common Stock solely for purposes of the Plan and this Agreement. The Stock Units shall be used solely asa device for the determination of the payment to eventually be made to the Grantee if such Stock Units vest pursuant to this Agreement.The Stock Units shall not be treated as property or as a trust fund of any kind.

 

2.     Vesting.

 

The Award is subject to the vesting schedule setforth in the Grant Notice (the “Vesting Schedule”) and the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

3.     Effect of Terminationof Employment or Services.

 

3.1       InGeneral. Except as otherwise expressly provided below in this Section 3, if the Grantee ceases to be employed by or ceases to provideservices to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the last day that the Grantee is employed by or provides services as a consultantor director to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries prior to a period in which the Grantee is not employed by, and does not have anysuch service relationship with, any such entity is referred to as the Grantee’s “Severance Date”), the Grantee’sStock Units shall terminate to the extent such units have not become vested pursuant to Section 2 or this Section 3 as of the SeveranceDate (regardless of the reason for such termination of employment or services, whether with or without cause, voluntarily or involuntarily).

 

If any unvested Stock Units are terminated pursuantto this Agreement, such Stock Units shall automatically terminate and be cancelled as of the applicable termination date without paymentof any consideration by the Company and without any other action by the Grantee, or the Grantee’s beneficiary or personal representative,as the case may be.

 

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency betweenthis Agreement, on the one hand, and any employment, severance or similar agreement between the Grantee and the Company entered into beforethe Award Date, on the other hand, regarding the treatment of the Award in connection with a termination of the Grantee’s employmentor services or a change in control or similar event (including, without limitation, whether and the extent to which there is any acceleratedvesting of the Award in any such circumstances), this Agreement shall control.

 

 

 

 2 

 

 

3.2       TerminationDue to Death or Disability. Subject to Section 3.3, if the Grantee’s Severance Date occurs as a result of a termination of theGrantee’s employment due to the Grantee’s death or Disability, and (other than in the case of a termination due to the Grantee’sdeath) if the Grantee satisfies the Release Requirement set forth below, any portion of the Award that is then outstanding and scheduledto vest pursuant to the Vesting Schedule during the period of twelve (12) months following the Severance Date shall be fully vested asof the Severance Date. Any remaining Stock Units that are not vested after giving effect to the foregoing sentence shall terminate asof the Grantee’s Severance Date.

 

3.3       TerminationIn Connection with a Change in Control. If the Grantee’s Severance Date occurs within sixty (60) days prior to, or upon or after,a Change in Control, as a result of a termination of the Grantee’s employment by the Company without Cause or a termination by theGrantee for Good Reason, or due to the Grantee’s death or Disability upon or after a Change in Control, and (other than in the caseof a termination due to the Grantee’s death) if the Grantee satisfies the Release Requirement set forth below, any portion of theAward that is then outstanding and unvested shall be fully vested as of the Severance Date.

 

3.4       DefinedTerms; Release Requirement. For the purposes of the Award, the following definitions will apply:

 

Cause” shall have the meaningascribed to such term (or a similar term) in any written employment, severance or similar agreement between the Grantee and the Companyin effect on the Grantee’s Severance Date or, if there is no such agreement or such agreement does not include a definition of suchterm, shall mean: (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Grantee’s duties to the Company; (ii) intentionaland continual failure to substantially perform the Grantee’s reasonably assigned duties for the Company; (iii) the Grantee’sintentional conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, including but not limited to committing or cooperatingin an act of fraud, theft, or dishonesty against the Company; (iv) the Grantee’s breach of a fiduciary duty to the Company or itsshareholders; (v) the Grantee’s conviction for, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, the commission of any felony or any crimeinvolving deceit, material dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, theft, any crime that results in or is intended to result in personal enrichmentat the expense of the Company, any crime that involves the use or sale of a controlled substance, or any other offense that will adverselyaffect in any material respect the Company’s reputation or the Grantee’s ability to perform the Grantee’s obligationsor duties to the Company; or (vi) the Grantee’s violation of a material written policy of the Company or breach of a written agreementwith Company, including but not limited to a breach of any written employment, confidentiality or similar agreement between the Granteeand the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not exist under (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) unless the Company providesthe Grantee with written notice of the existence of one or more of the actions, conditions or events set forth above in such definitionof Cause, and if such action, event or condition is curable, the Grantee fails to cure such action, event or condition within thirty (30)days after receipt of such notice.

 

Change in Control” means theoccurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)       A change inthe ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, (“Person”)acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the totalvoting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stockby any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considereda Change in Control; or

 

(ii)       A change inthe effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12)month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date ofthe appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisitionof additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

 

 

 3 

 

 

(iii)       A change inthe ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquiredduring the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Companythat have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Companyimmediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following willnot constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlledby the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder ofthe Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% ormore of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly orindirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50%of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). Forpurposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets beingdisposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition of Change in Control, personswill be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisitionof stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not be deemed a Changein Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in the ownership of the Company, change in the effective control of the Companyor a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, each within the meaning of Section 409A of the Codeand any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunderfrom time to time (“Section 409A”).

 

Disability” means total andpermanent disability of the Grantee as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

Good Reason” shall have themeaning ascribed to such term (or a similar term) in any written employment, severance or similar agreement between the Grantee and theCompany in effect on the Grantee’s Severance Date or, if there is no such agreement or such agreement does not include a definitionof such term, shall mean the Grantee’s resignation within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Company has taken any of thefollowing actions without the Grantee’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction in the Grantee’s base salary, theGrantee’s target annual bonus opportunity or benefits (unless, outside of a Change in Control context, such reduction is in connectionwith a salary or benefit reduction program of general application at the senior level executives of the Company); (ii) a material breachby the Company of any written agreement with the Grantee, including the Company’s failure to obtain an agreement from any successorto the Company to assume and agree to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that theCompany would be required to perform, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law; (iii) a material adverse change in theGrantee’s title, duties or responsibilities (other than temporarily while the Grantee is disabled or as otherwise permitted by applicablelaw); or (iv) relocation of the Grantee’s principal workplace by more than forty-five (45) miles, which change results in a materialincrease in the Grantee’s one-way commute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Good Reason shall not exist unless the Grantee providesthe Company written notice of the existence of the one or more of the actions, conditions or events set forth above in this definitionof Good Reason within ninety (90) days after the initial existence or occurrence of such action, condition or event, and if such action,event or condition is curable, the Company fails to cure such action, event or condition within thirty (30) days after its receipt ofsuch notice.

 

The “Release Requirement” meansthat the Grantee timely executes and delivers to the Company a release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (a “Release”)and the Grantee does not revoke such Release within any revocation period provided by applicable law. In any circumstances where the ReleaseRequirement is applicable pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall provide the final form of Release to the Grantee not later thanseven (7) days following the Grantee’s Severance Date, and the Grantee shall be required to execute and return the Release to theCompany within twenty-one (21) days (or forty-five (45) days if such longer period of time is required to make the Release maximally enforceableunder applicable law) after the Company provides the form of Release to the Grantee.

 

 

 

 4 

 

 

4.     Continuance ofEmployment/Service Required; No Employment Commitment.

 

Except as expressly provided in Section 3 above,the Vesting Schedule requires continued employment or service through each applicable vesting date as a condition to the vesting of theapplicable installment of the Award and the rights and benefits under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in Section 3 above,employment or service for only a portion of the vesting period, even if a substantial portion, will not entitle the Grantee to any proportionatevesting or avoid or mitigate a termination of rights and benefits upon or following a termination of employment or services as providedin Section 3 above or under the Plan.

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement constitutesan employment or service commitment by the Company, affects the Grantee’s status as an employee at will who is subject to terminationwithout cause, confers upon the Grantee any right to remain employed by or in service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, interferesin any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time to terminate such employment or services, or affects theright of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to increase or decrease the Grantee’s other compensation or benefits. Nothing inthis paragraph, however, is intended to adversely affect any independent contractual right of the Grantee without his consent thereto.

 

5.     Timing and Mannerof Payment of Stock Units.

 

On or as soon as administratively practical (andin all events not later than two and one-half months) following the date on which any Stock Units vest pursuant to any provision of thisAgreement or Section 7.2 of the Plan, the Company shall deliver to the Grantee a number of shares of Common Stock (either by deliveringone or more certificates for such shares or by entering such shares in book entry form, as determined by the Company in its discretion)equal (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Plan) to the number of Stock Units subject to this Award that vested on suchdate. The Company’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or otherwise make payment with respect to vested Stock Units issubject to the condition precedent that the Grantee or other person entitled under the Plan to receive any shares with respect to thevested Stock Units deliver to the Company any representations or other documents or assurances required pursuant to Section 8.1 of thePlan. The Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to any Stock Units that are paid or that terminate pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

6.     Dividend and VotingRights.

 

6.1       Limitationson Rights Associated with Units. The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, no dividend rights (exceptas expressly provided in Section 6.2 with respect to dividend equivalent rights) and no voting rights, with respect to the Stock Unitsand any shares of Common Stock underlying or issuable in respect of such Stock Units until such shares of Common Stock are actually issuedto and held of record by the Grantee. No adjustments will be made for dividends or other rights of a holder for which the record dateis prior to the date of issuance of the stock certificate.

 

6.2       DividendEquivalent Rights Distributions. As of any date that the Company pays an ordinary cash dividend on its Common Stock, the Companyshall credit the Grantee with an additional number of Stock Units equal to (i) the per share cash dividend paid by the Company on itsCommon Stock on such date, multiplied by (ii) the total number of Stock Units (including any dividend equivalents previously creditedhereunder) (with such number of Stock Units adjusted pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Plan) outstanding and subject to the Award as of therelated dividend payment record date, divided by (iii) the fair market value of a share of Common Stock (as determined under Section 5.5of the Plan) on the date of payment of such dividend. Any Stock Units credited pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.2shall be subject to the same vesting, payment and other terms, conditions and restrictions as the original Stock Units to which they relate.No crediting of Stock Units shall be made pursuant to this Section 6.2 with respect to any Stock Units which, as of such record date,have either been paid pursuant to Section 5 or terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

7.     Non-Transferability.

 

Neither the Award, nor any interest therein oramount or shares payable in respect thereof may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered,either voluntarily or involuntarily. The transfer restrictions in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (a) transfers to the Company,or (b) transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

 

 

 5 

 

 

8.     Adjustments.

 

Upon the occurrence of certain events relatingto the Company’s stock contemplated by Section 7.1 of the Plan (including, without limitation, an extraordinary cash dividend onsuch stock), the Administrator shall make adjustments in accordance with such section in the number of Stock Units then outstanding andthe number and kind of securities that may be issued in respect of the Award. No such adjustment shall be made with respect to any ordinarycash dividend for which dividend equivalents are credited pursuant to Section 6.2.

 

9.     Tax Withholding.

 

The Company shall reasonably determine the amountof any federal, state, local or other income, employment, or other taxes which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may reasonably beobligated to withhold with respect to the grant, vesting or other event with respect to the Stock Units. The Grantee shall be solely responsiblefor the satisfaction of such withholding requirements. If such withholding event occurs in connection with the distribution of sharesof Common Stock in respect of the Stock Units and subject to compliance with all applicable laws, the Company shall automatically withholdand reacquire the appropriate number of whole shares, valued at their then Fair Market Value, to satisfy any withholding obligations ofthe Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to such distribution. If, however, any withholding event occurs with respect to the StockUnits other than in connection with the distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of the Stock Units, or if the Company cannotlegally satisfy such withholding obligations by such withholding and reacquisition of shares as described above, the Company shall beentitled to require a cash payment by or on behalf of the Grantee and/or to deduct from other compensation payable to the Grantee theamount of any such withholding obligations.

 

10.  Notices.

 

Any notice to be given under the terms of thisAgreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal office to the attention of the Secretary, and to the Granteeat the Grantee’s last address reflected on the Company’s employment records. Any notice shall be delivered in person or shallbe enclosed in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as aforesaid, registered or certified, and deposited (postage and registry or certificationfee prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Government or a courier of internationallyrecognized prominence. Any such notice shall be given only when received, but if the Grantee is no longer a Service Provider, shall bedeemed to have been duly given five business days after the date mailed in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.

 

11.  Plan.

 

The Award and all rights of the Grantee under thisAgreement are subject to the terms and conditions of the provisions of the Plan, incorporated herein by reference. The Grantee agreesto be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Agreement (including the Grant Notice). The Grantee acknowledges having read and understandingthe Plan, the Prospectus for the Plan, and this Agreement (including the Grant Notice). Unless otherwise expressly provided in other sectionsof this Agreement, provisions of the Plan that confer discretionary authority on the Board or the Administrator do not (and shall notbe deemed to) create any rights in the Grantee unless such rights are expressly set forth herein or are otherwise in the sole discretionof the Board or the Administrator so conferred by appropriate action of the Board or the Administrator under the Plan after thedate hereof.

 

12.  Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement and the Plan together constitutethe entire agreement and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, written or oral, of the parties hereto with respect to thesubject matter hereof.

 

The Plan and this Agreement may be amended pursuantto Section 8.6 of the Plan. Any such amendment must be in writing and signed by the Company. The Company may, however, unilaterally waiveany provision hereof in writing to the extent such waiver does not adversely affect the interests of the Grantee hereunder, but no suchwaiver shall operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or a waiver of any other provision hereof.

 

 

 

 6 

 

 

The Administrator will have the exclusive discretionand authority to establish administrative rules, forms and procedures for the administration of the Plan, to construe and interpret thePlan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan (including the Award and this Agreement) and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation,definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the eligibilityto participate in the Plan and amount of benefits paid under the Plan. The rules, interpretations, computations and other actions of theAdministrator will be binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

13.  Limitation on Grantee’s Rights.

 

Participation in the Plan confers no rights orinterests other than as herein provided. This Agreement (including the Grant Notice) creates only a contractual obligation on the partof the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in andof itself, has any assets. The Grantee shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amountscredited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Stock Units, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Common Stockas a general unsecured creditor with respect to Stock Units, as and when payable hereunder.

 

14.  Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed simultaneously inany number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15.  Section Headings.

 

The section headings of this Agreement are forconvenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect any provision hereof.

 

16.  Governing Law.

 

This Agreement (including the Grant Notice) shallbe governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principlesthereunder.

 

17.  Construction.

 

It is intended that the terms of the Award willnot result in the imposition of any tax liability pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement (including the Grant Notice) shallbe construed and interpreted consistent with that intent.

 

18.  Clawback Policy.

 

The Stock Units are subject to the terms of theCompany’s recoupment, clawback or similar policy as it may be in effect from time to time, as well as any similar provisions ofapplicable law, any of which could in certain circumstances require repayment or forfeiture of the Stock Units or any shares of CommonStock or other cash or property received with respect to the Stock Units (including any value received from a disposition of the sharesacquired upon payment of the Stock Units). The Grantee hereby agrees to promptly repay to the Company any amounts that are required tobe repaid pursuant to such policy.

 

 

 

 7 

 

 

19.  Section 280G.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreementto the contrary, to the extent that any payments and benefits provided under this Agreement to or for the benefit of the Grantee, togetherwith any payments and benefits provided to or for the benefit of the Grantee under any other plan or agreement of the Company or any ofits Subsidiaries or affiliates (such payments or benefits are collectively referred to as the “Benefits”), would besubject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, the Grantee’s Benefits shallbe reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent that a reduction in the Benefits would result in the Grantee retaining a larger amount,on an after-tax basis (taking into account federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax), than if the Grantee received allof the Benefits (such reduced amount is referred to hereinafter as the “Limited Benefit Amount”). If a reduction inthe Grantee’s Benefits is required pursuant to the preceding sentence, in order to effectuate the Limited Benefit Amount, the Companyshall reduce or eliminate (if and to the extent necessary) the Grantee’s Benefits by first reducing or eliminating amounts whichare payable from any cash severance, then from any payment or benefit in respect of any equity award that is treated as contingent onthe change in ownership or control but is not covered by Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1 Q/A 24(b) or (c), then from any payment or benefitin respect of an equity award that is covered by Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1 Q/A 24(c), in each case in reverse order beginning withpayments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as hereinafter defined). A determination as towhether a reduction in the Grantee’s Benefits to the Limited Benefit Amount pursuant to this Section 19, and the amount of suchLimited Benefit Amount (the “Determination”), shall be made by the Company’s independent public accountants oranother certified public accounting firm or executive compensation consulting firm of national reputation designated by the Company atthe Company’s expense.

 

* * *

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 8 

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

NOTICE OF GRANT OF PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AWARD

(FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE)

2020 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

Name of Grantee: [________]
Total Target Number of Stock Units Subject to this Grant1: ________________________________
Date of Grant: ___________________________, 2025

 

 

This Notice evidences that you have been grantedan award of performance stock units (the “Stock Units”) of Lantronix, Inc. (the “Company”) as tothe “total target” number of Stock Units set forth above. Between zero percent (0%) and two hundred percent (200%) of the“total target” number of Stock Units will become vested in accordance with the performance-based vesting requirements setforth in the Terms (as defined below).

 

By your acceptance of the award, you agree thatthe award of Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company's 2020 Performance Incentive Plan (asamended from time to time, the “Plan”) and the Terms and Conditions of Performance Stock Unit Award (the “Terms”),which are attached and incorporated herein by this reference. This Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Unit Award, together with theTerms, is referred to as the “Agreement” applicable to your award. The award has been granted to you in addition to,and not in lieu of, any other form of compensation otherwise payable or to be paid to you. Capitalized terms are defined in the Plan ifnot defined herein or in the Terms. The Plan, the Terms, and the Prospectus for the Plan are available by calling the Company at (949)453-3990.

 

By accepting this award, you agree to execute anydocuments and take such further actions that the Company may reasonably request in order to establish and/or maintain a brokerage accountto hold the shares subject to this grant.

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.   ACCEPTED AND AGREED BY GRANTEE
         
By:     By:  
Name:     Name:  
Title:        

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

______________________________

1 Subject to adjustment under Section 7.1 of the Plan.

 

 1 

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

2020 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE STOCK UNITAWARD

 

1.    General.

 

These Terms and Conditions of Performance StockUnit Award (these “Terms”) apply to a particular grant of stock units (the “Award”) under the Planif incorporated by reference in the Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Unit Award (the “Grant Notice”) correspondingto that particular grant. The recipient of the Award identified in the Grant Notice is referred to as the “Grantee.”The effective date of grant of the Award as set forth in the Grant Notice is referred to as the “Award Date.” The numberof stock units covered by the Award is subject to adjustment under Section 7.1 of the Plan.

 

The Award was granted under and subject to theLantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms are defined in the Plan if not definedherein. The Award has been granted to the Grantee in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other form of compensation otherwise payableor to be paid to the Grantee. The Grant Notice and these Terms are collectively referred to as the “Agreement” applicableto the Award.

 

As used in this Agreement, the term “stockunit” means a non-voting unit of measurement which is deemed for bookkeeping purposes to be the equivalent to one outstandingshare of the Company’s Common Stock solely for purposes of the Plan and this Agreement. The Stock Units shall be used solely asa device for the determination of the payment to eventually be made to the Grantee if such Stock Units vest pursuant to this Agreement.The Stock Units shall not be treated as property or as a trust fund of any kind.

 

2.    Vesting.

 

The Award is subject to the performance-based vestingterms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A hereto, incorporated herein by this reference. References to this Section 2 includeExhibit A. The number of Stock Units that are eligible to vest pursuant to Exhibit A will become vested (i) as to one-third(1/3) of the total number of such eligible Stock Units on the date on which the Administrator determines the number of Stock Units thatare eligible to vest in accordance with Exhibit A (the “Determination Date”) and (ii) as to the remaining two-thirdsof the total number of such eligible Stock Units that the Administrator determines are eligible to vest in eight (8) equal installments,with one installment vesting on the first day of the last month of each calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the PerformancePeriod ends (so the first such installment will vest on September 1, 2026 and the last such installment will vest on June 1, 2028). .

 

3.    Effect of Termination of Employment or Services.

 

3.1       InGeneral. Except as otherwise expressly provided below in this Section 3, if the Grantee ceases to be employed by or ceases to provideservices to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the last day that the Grantee is employed by or provides services as a consultantor director to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries prior to a period in which the Grantee is not employed by, and does not have anysuch service relationship with, any such entity is referred to as the Grantee’s “Severance Date”), the Grantee’sStock Units shall terminate to the extent such units have not become vested pursuant to Section 2 or Section 8.2 hereof as of the SeveranceDate (regardless of the reason for such termination of employment or services, whether with or without cause, voluntarily or involuntarily).

 

If any unvested Stock Units are terminated pursuantto this Agreement, such Stock Units shall automatically terminate and be cancelled as of the applicable termination date without paymentof any consideration by the Company and without any other action by the Grantee, or the Grantee’s beneficiary or personal representative,as the case may be.

 

 

 

 2 

 

 

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency betweenthis Agreement, on the one hand, and any employment, severance or similar agreement between the Grantee and the Company entered into beforethe Award Date, on the other hand, regarding the treatment of the Award in connection with a termination of the Grantee’s employmentor services or a change in control or similar event (including, without limitation, whether and the extent to which there is any acceleratedvesting of the Award in any such circumstances), this Agreement shall control.

 

3.2       TerminationDue to Death or Disability. If the Grantee’s Severance Date occurs prior to the last vesting date of the Award provided in Section2 as a result of the Grantee’s death or Disability, and (other than in the case of a termination due to the Grantee’s death)provided the Grantee satisfies the Release Requirement set forth below, any portion of the Award that is then outstanding and scheduledto vest pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in Section 2 during the period of twelve (12) months following the Severance Date shallbe fully vested as of the Severance Date (or, if later, the Determination Date); provided, however, that if the Grantee’s SeveranceDate occurs prior to the last day of the Performance Period, the Award shall be held open until the Determination Date, and the numberof Stock Units that are eligible to vest pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall give effect to the performance determination in accordancewith Exhibit A hereto . Any such Stock Units that vest in connection with the Grantee’s death or Disability will be paidwithin two and one-half months after the end of the Performance Period. Any remaining Stock Units that are not vested after giving effectto the foregoing provisions shall terminate as of the Grantee’s Severance Date (or, if later, the Determination Date).

 

3.3       TerminationIn Connection with a Change in Control. If the Grantee’s Severance Date occurs within sixty (60) days prior to, or upon or after,a Change in Control, as a result of a termination of the Grantee’s employment by the Company without Cause or a termination by theGrantee for Good Reason, or due to the Grantee’s death or Disability upon or after a Change in Control, and in any such case (otherthan in the case of a termination due to the Grantee’s death) if the Grantee satisfies the Release Requirement set forth below,any Stock Units that remain outstanding and eligible to vest following a Change in Control pursuant to Section 8.2 (to the extent nottheretofore vested or terminated and, if applicable, after giving effect to the Change in Control Vesting Percentage determined underSection 8.2) shall accelerate and vest as of the Grantee’s Severance Date (or, if later, the date of the Change in Control) If boththis Section 3.3 and Section 3.2 would apply in the circumstances, this Section 3.3 controls. In addition, if the Grantee’s SeveranceDate occurs within sixty (60) days prior to a Change in Control as a result of a termination of the Grantee’s employment by theCompany without Cause or a termination by the Grantee for Good Reason, (x) the number of Stock Units that vest pursuant to this Section3.3 will be determined as though the Grantee’s termination of employment had occurred immediately after the Change in Control, and(y) the timing requirements set forth in the Release Requirement shall be measured from the date of the Change in Control and not fromthe Severance Date.

 

3.4       DefinedTerms; Release Requirement. For the purposes of the Award, the following definitions will apply:

 

Cause” shall have the meaningascribed to such term (or a similar term) in any written employment, severance or similar agreement between the Grantee and the Companyin effect on the Grantee’s Severance Date or, if there is no such agreement or such agreement does not include a definition of suchterm, shall mean: (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Grantee’s duties to the Company; (ii) intentionaland continual failure to substantially perform the Grantee’s reasonably assigned duties for the Company; (iii) the Grantee’sintentional conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, including but not limited to committing or cooperatingin an act of fraud, theft, or dishonesty against the Company; (iv) the Grantee’s breach of a fiduciary duty to the Company or itsshareholders; (v) the Grantee’s conviction for, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, the commission of any felony or any crimeinvolving deceit, material dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, theft, any crime that results in or is intended to result in personal enrichmentat the expense of the Company, any crime that involves the use or sale of a controlled substance, or any other offense that will adverselyaffect in any material respect the Company’s reputation or the Grantee’s ability to perform the Grantee’s obligationsor duties to the Company; or (vi) the Grantee’s violation of a material written policy of the Company or breach of a written agreementwith Company, including but not limited to a breach of any written employment, confidentiality or similar agreement between the Granteeand the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not exist under (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) unless the Company providesthe Grantee with written notice of the existence of one or more of the actions, conditions or events set forth above in such definitionof Cause, and if such action, event or condition is curable, the Grantee fails to cure such action, event or condition within thirty (30)days after receipt of such notice.

 

 

 

 3 

 

 

Change in Control” means theoccurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)       A change inthe ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, (“Person”)acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the totalvoting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stockby any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considereda Change in Control; or

 

(ii)       A change inthe effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12)month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date ofthe appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisitionof additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)       A change inthe ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquiredduring the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Companythat have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Companyimmediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following willnot constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlledby the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder ofthe Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% ormore of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly orindirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50%of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). Forpurposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets beingdisposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition of Change in Control, personswill be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisitionof stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not be deemed a Changein Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in the ownership of the Company, change in the effective control of the Companyor a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, each within the meaning of Section 409A of the Codeand any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunderfrom time to time (“Section 409A”).

 

Disability” means total andpermanent disability of the Grantee as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

Good Reason” shall have themeaning ascribed to such term (or a similar term) in any written employment, severance or similar agreement between the Grantee and theCompany in effect on the Grantee’s Severance Date or, if there is no such agreement or such agreement does not include a definitionof such term, shall mean the Grantee’s resignation within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Company has taken any of thefollowing actions without the Grantee’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction in the Grantee’s base salary, theGrantee’s target annual bonus opportunity or benefits (unless, outside of a Change in Control context, such reduction is in connectionwith a salary or benefit reduction program of general application at the senior level executives of the Company); (ii) a material breachby the Company of any written agreement with the Grantee, including the Company’s failure to obtain an agreement from any successorto the Company to assume and agree to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that theCompany would be required to perform, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law; (iii) a material adverse change in theGrantee’s title, duties or responsibilities (other than temporarily while the Grantee is disabled or as otherwise permitted by applicablelaw); or (iv) relocation of the Grantee’s principal workplace by more than forty-five (45) miles, which change results in a materialincrease in the Grantee’s one-way commute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Good Reason shall not exist unless the Grantee providesthe Company written notice of the existence of the one or more of the actions, conditions or events set forth above in this definitionof Good Reason within ninety (90) days after the initial existence or occurrence of such action, condition or event, and if such action,event or condition is curable, the Company fails to cure such action, event or condition within thirty (30) days after its receipt ofsuch notice.

 

 

 

 4 

 

 

The “Release Requirement” meansthat the Grantee timely executes and delivers to the Company a release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (a “Release”)and the Grantee does not revoke such Release within any revocation period provided by applicable law. In any circumstances where the ReleaseRequirement is applicable pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall provide the final form of Release to the Grantee not later thanseven (7) days following the Grantee’s Severance Date, and the Grantee shall be required to execute and return the Release to theCompany within twenty-one (21) days (or forty-five (45) days if such longer period of time is required to make the Release maximally enforceableunder applicable law) after the Company provides the form of Release to the Grantee.

 

4.    Continuance of Employment/Service Required; No Employment Commitment.

 

Except as expressly provided in Section 3 above,the vesting schedule requires continued employment or service through each applicable vesting date as a condition to the vesting of theapplicable installment of the Award and the rights and benefits under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in Section 3 above,employment or service for only a portion of the vesting period, even if a substantial portion, will not entitle the Grantee to any proportionatevesting or avoid or mitigate a termination of rights and benefits upon or following a termination of employment or services as providedin Section 3 above or under the Plan.

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement constitutesan employment or service commitment by the Company, affects the Grantee’s status as an employee at will who is subject to terminationwithout cause, confers upon the Grantee any right to remain employed by or in service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, interferesin any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time to terminate such employment or services, or affects theright of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to increase or decrease the Grantee’s other compensation or benefits. Nothing inthis paragraph, however, is intended to adversely affect any independent contractual right of the Grantee without his consent thereto.

 

5.    Timing and Manner of Payment of Stock Units.

 

On or as soon as administratively practical (andin all events not later than two and one-half months) following the date on which any Stock Units vest pursuant to any provision of thisAgreement, the Company shall deliver to the Grantee a number of shares of Common Stock (either by delivering one or more certificatesfor such shares or by entering such shares in book entry form, as determined by the Company in its discretion) equal (subject to adjustmentpursuant to Section 7.1 of the Plan) to the number of Stock Units subject to this Award that vested on such date. The Company’sobligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or otherwise make payment with respect to vested Stock Units is subject to the conditionprecedent that the Grantee or other person entitled under the Plan to receive any shares with respect to the vested Stock Units deliverto the Company any representations or other documents or assurances required pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Plan. The Grantee shall haveno further rights with respect to any Stock Units that are paid or that terminate pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

6.    Dividend and Voting Rights.

 

6.1       Limitationson Rights Associated with Units. The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, no dividend rights (exceptas expressly provided in Section 6.2 with respect to dividend equivalent rights) and no voting rights, with respect to the Stock Unitsand any shares of Common Stock underlying or issuable in respect of such Stock Units until such shares of Common Stock are actually issuedto and held of record by the Grantee. No adjustments will be made for dividends or other rights of a holder for which the record dateis prior to the date of issuance of the stock certificate.

 

6.2       DividendEquivalent Rights Distributions. As of any date that the Company pays an ordinary cash dividend on its Common Stock, the Companyshall credit the Grantee with an additional number of Stock Units equal to (i) the per share cash dividend paid by the Company on itsCommon Stock on such date, multiplied by (ii) the Total Target Number of Stock Units (including any dividend equivalents previously creditedhereunder) (with such Target Number adjusted pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Plan) outstanding and subject to the Award as of the relateddividend payment record date, divided by (iii) the fair market value of a share of Common Stock (as determined under Section 5.5 of thePlan) on the date of payment of such dividend. Any Stock Units credited pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.2 shallbe subject to the same vesting, payment and other terms, conditions and restrictions as the original Stock Units to which they relate.No crediting of Stock Units shall be made pursuant to this Section 6.2 with respect to any Stock Units which, as of such record date,have either been paid pursuant to Section 5 or terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

 

 

 5 

 

 

7.    Non-Transferability.

 

Neither the Award, nor any interest therein oramount or shares payable in respect thereof may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered,either voluntarily or involuntarily. The transfer restrictions in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (a) transfers to the Company,or (b) transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

8.    Adjustments; Change in Control.

 

8.1       Adjustments.Upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the Company’s stock contemplated by Section 7.1 of the Plan (including, withoutlimitation, an extraordinary cash dividend on such stock), the Administrator shall make adjustments in accordance with such section inthe number of Stock Units then outstanding and the number and kind of securities that may be issued in respect of the Award. No such adjustmentshall be made with respect to any ordinary cash dividend for which dividend equivalents are credited pursuant to Section 6.2. For purposesof clarity, Exhibit A controls as to any adjustment of the performance goals, criteria or metrics.

 

8.2       Changein Control. If, at any time after the Award Date and before the last day of the Performance Period, a Change in Control occurs,the performance-based vesting terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A hereto shall no longer apply and the following rulesshall apply to determine the vesting of the Award:

 

·The Award shall remain outstanding followingthe Change in Control with respect to a percentage of the Total Target Number of Stock Units subject to the Award (as provided in theGrant Notice), such percentage referred to as the “Change in Control Vesting Percentage.” The Change in Control VestingPercentage shall equal the greater of (i) one hundred percent (100%) and (ii) the percentage determined in accordance with ExhibitA hereto as though the Performance Period ended as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Company coinciding with or last precedingthe date on which such Change in Control occurs (the “Short Period End Date”) and with the performance measurementin accordance with Exhibit A hereto to be determined on a pro-rated basis for the portion of the Performance Period occurring throughthe Short Period End Date (for example, if the Change in Control occurred during the second fiscal quarter during the Performance Periodand before the last day of that quarter, the Change in Control Vesting Percentage would be determined based on actual performance duringthe first fiscal quarter of the Performance Period measured against 25% of the performance targets set forth on Exhibit A; provided thatif the Change in Control occurs in the first quarter of the Performance Period, the vesting percentage pursuant to this clause shall bedeemed to be one hundred percent (100%).

 

The number of Stock Units that remain outstanding afterthe Change in Control, determined as set forth above in this clause, shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in Section2, subject to (except as otherwise expressly provided below) the Grantee’s continued employment or service with the Company or anyof its Subsidiaries through the applicable vesting date and provided that the first vesting installment referred to in clause (i) of Section2 shall vest on the last day of the Performance Period (as opposed to the Determination Date).

 

·In the event that Section 7.2(a) of the Plan applies, and the Administratorhas not made a provision for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation or settlement of the Award, the Award shallvest on the Change in Control as to the number of Stock Units provided above in this Section 8.2. The second sentence of Section 7.2(a)of the Plan is hereby superseded by the provisions hereof and shall not apply to the Award.

 

For purposes of clarity, the provisions of this Section 8.2 shall notapply as to any Change in Control that occurs after the last day of the Performance Period or any Stock Units that have terminated orwere accelerated pursuant to Section 3 (except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 3.3) prior to the occurrence of such Changein Control.

 

 

 

 6 

 

 

As to a Change in Control that occurs after the last day of the PerformancePeriod and before the last scheduled vesting day applicable to the Award pursuant to Section 2, in the event that Section 7.2(a) of thePlan applies and the Administrator has not made a provision for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation or settlementof the Award, the then outstanding and unvested portion of the Award shall vest on the Change in Control.

 

9.    Tax Withholding.

 

The Company shall reasonably determine the amountof any federal, state, local or other income, employment, or other taxes which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may reasonably beobligated to withhold with respect to the grant, vesting or other event with respect to the Stock Units. The Grantee shall be solely responsiblefor the satisfaction of such withholding requirements. If such withholding event occurs in connection with the distribution of sharesof Common Stock in respect of the Stock Units and subject to compliance with all applicable laws, the Company shall automatically withholdand reacquire the appropriate number of whole shares, valued at their then Fair Market Value, to satisfy any withholding obligations ofthe Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to such distribution. If, however, any withholding event occurs with respect to the StockUnits other than in connection with the distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of the Stock Units, or if the Company cannotlegally satisfy such withholding obligations by such withholding and reacquisition of shares as described above, the Company shall beentitled to require a cash payment by or on behalf of the Grantee and/or to deduct from other compensation payable to the Grantee theamount of any such withholding obligations.

 

10. Notices.

 

Any notice to be given under the terms of thisAgreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal office to the attention of the Secretary, and to the Granteeat the Grantee’s last address reflected on the Company’s employment records. Any notice shall be delivered in person or shallbe enclosed in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as aforesaid, registered or certified, and deposited (postage and registry or certificationfee prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Government or a courier of internationallyrecognized prominence. Any such notice shall be given only when received, but if the Grantee is no longer a Service Provider, shall bedeemed to have been duly given five business days after the date mailed in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.

 

11. Plan.

 

The Award and all rights of the Grantee under thisAgreement are subject to the terms and conditions of the provisions of the Plan, incorporated herein by reference. The Grantee agreesto be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Agreement (including the Grant Notice). The Grantee acknowledges having read and understandingthe Plan, the Prospectus for the Plan, and this Agreement (including the Grant Notice). Unless otherwise expressly provided in other sectionsof this Agreement, provisions of the Plan that confer discretionary authority on the Board or the Administrator do not (and shall notbe deemed to) create any rights in the Grantee unless such rights are expressly set forth herein or are otherwise in the sole discretionof the Board or the Administrator so conferred by appropriate action of the Board or the Administrator under the Plan after thedate hereof.

 

12. Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement and the Plan together constitutethe entire agreement and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, written or oral, of the parties hereto with respect to thesubject matter hereof.

 

The Plan and this Agreement may be amended pursuantto Section 8.6 of the Plan. Any such amendment must be in writing and signed by the Company. The Company may, however, unilaterally waiveany provision hereof in writing to the extent such waiver does not adversely affect the interests of the Grantee hereunder, but no suchwaiver shall operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or a waiver of any other provision hereof.

 

 

 

 7 

 

 

The Administrator will have the exclusive discretionand authority to establish administrative rules, forms and procedures for the administration of the Plan, to construe and interpret thePlan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan (including the Award and this Agreement) and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation,definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the eligibilityto participate in the Plan and amount of benefits paid under the Plan. The rules, interpretations, computations and other actions of theAdministrator will be binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

13. Limitation on Grantee’s Rights.

 

Participation in the Plan confers no rights orinterests other than as herein provided. This Agreement (including the Grant Notice) creates only a contractual obligation on the partof the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in andof itself, has any assets. The Grantee shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amountscredited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Stock Units, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Common Stockas a general unsecured creditor with respect to Stock Units, as and when payable hereunder.

 

14. Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed simultaneously inany number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15. Section Headings.

 

The section headings of this Agreement are forconvenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect any provision hereof.

 

16. Governing Law.

 

This Agreement (including the Grant Notice) shallbe governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principlesthereunder.

 

17. Construction.

 

It is intended that the terms of the Award willnot result in the imposition of any tax liability pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement (including the Grant Notice) shallbe construed and interpreted consistent with that intent.

 

18. Clawback Policy.

 

The Stock Units are subject to the terms of theCompany’s recoupment, clawback or similar policy as it may be in effect from time to time, as well as any similar provisions ofapplicable law, any of which could in certain circumstances require repayment or forfeiture of the Stock Units or any shares of CommonStock or other cash or property received with respect to the Stock Units (including any value received from a disposition of the sharesacquired upon payment of the Stock Units). The Grantee hereby agrees to promptly repay to the Company any amounts that are required tobe repaid pursuant to such policy.

 

 

 

 8 

 

 

19. Section 280G.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreementto the contrary, to the extent that any payments and benefits provided under this Agreement to or for the benefit of the Grantee, togetherwith any payments and benefits provided to or for the benefit of the Grantee under any other plan or agreement of the Company or any ofits Subsidiaries or affiliates (such payments or benefits are collectively referred to as the “Benefits”), would besubject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, the Grantee’s Benefits shallbe reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent that a reduction in the Benefits would result in the Grantee retaining a larger amount,on an after-tax basis (taking into account federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax), than if the Grantee received allof the Benefits (such reduced amount is referred to hereinafter as the “Limited Benefit Amount”). If a reduction inthe Grantee’s Benefits is required pursuant to the preceding sentence, in order to effectuate the Limited Benefit Amount, the Companyshall reduce or eliminate (if and to the extent necessary) the Grantee’s Benefits by first reducing or eliminating amounts whichare payable from any cash severance, then from any payment or benefit in respect of any equity award that is treated as contingent onthe change in ownership or control but is not covered by Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1 Q/A 24(b) or (c), then from any payment or benefitin respect of an equity award that is covered by Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1 Q/A 24(c), in each case in reverse order beginning withpayments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as hereinafter defined). A determination as towhether a reduction in the Grantee’s Benefits to the Limited Benefit Amount pursuant to this Section 19, and the amount of suchLimited Benefit Amount (the “Determination”), shall be made by the Company’s independent public accountants oranother certified public accounting firm or executive compensation consulting firm of national reputation designated by the Company atthe Company’s expense.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 9 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

VESTING TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

 

 

[To be determined at the time of grant]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 10 

Exhibit 10.14

 

NOTICE OF GRANT OF PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AWARD

(RELATIVE TSR)

2020 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

Name of Grantee: [________]
Total Target Number of Stock Units Subject to this Grant1: [_____]
Date of Grant: ___________________________, 2025

 

 

This Notice evidences that you have been grantedan award of performance stock units (the “Stock Units”) of Lantronix, Inc. (the “Company”) as tothe “total target” number of Stock Units set forth above. Between zero percent (0%) and two hundred percent (200%) of the“total target” number of Stock Units will become vested in accordance with the performance-based vesting requirements setforth in the Terms (as defined below).

 

By your acceptance of the award, you agree thatthe award of Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company's 2020 Performance Incentive Plan (asamended from time to time, the “Plan”) and the Terms and Conditions of Performance Stock Unit Award (the “Terms”),which are attached and incorporated herein by this reference. This Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Unit Award, together with theTerms, is referred to as the “Agreement” applicable to your award. The award has been granted to you in addition to,and not in lieu of, any other form of compensation otherwise payable or to be paid to you. Capitalized terms are defined in the Plan ifnot defined herein or in the Terms. The Plan, the Terms, and the Prospectus for the Plan are available by calling the Company at (949)453-3990.

 

By accepting this award, you agree to execute anydocuments and take such further actions that the Company may reasonably request in order to establish and/or maintain a brokerage accountto hold the shares subject to this grant.

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.   ACCEPTED AND AGREED BY GRANTEE
         
By:     By:  
Name:     Name:  
Title:        

 

 

 

 

 

______________________________

1 Subject to adjustment under Section 7.1 of the Plan.

 

 

 1 

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

2020 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE STOCK UNITAWARD

 

1.    General.

 

These Terms and Conditions of Performance StockUnit Award (these “Terms”) apply to a particular grant of stock units (the “Award”) under the Planif incorporated by reference in the Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Unit Award (the “Grant Notice”) correspondingto that particular grant. The recipient of the Award identified in the Grant Notice is referred to as the “Grantee.”The effective date of grant of the Award as set forth in the Grant Notice is referred to as the “Award Date.” The numberof stock units covered by the Award is subject to adjustment under Section 7.1 of the Plan.

 

The Award was granted under and subject to theLantronix, Inc. 2020 Performance Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms are defined in the Plan if not definedherein. The Award has been granted to the Grantee in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other form of compensation otherwise payableor to be paid to the Grantee. The Grant Notice and these Terms are collectively referred to as the “Agreement” applicableto the Award.

 

As used in this Agreement, the term “stockunit” means a non-voting unit of measurement which is deemed for bookkeeping purposes to be the equivalent to one outstandingshare of the Company’s Common Stock solely for purposes of the Plan and this Agreement. The Stock Units shall be used solely asa device for the determination of the payment to eventually be made to the Grantee if such Stock Units vest pursuant to this Agreement.The Stock Units shall not be treated as property or as a trust fund of any kind.

 

2.    Vesting.

 

The Award is subject to the vesting terms and conditionsset forth in Exhibit A hereto, incorporated herein by this reference. References to this Section 2 include Exhibit A. Forclarity, except as expressly provided herein, the vesting date for the Stock Units shall be the date on which the Administrator determinesthe vesting of such Stock Units in accordance with Exhibit A.

 

3.    Effect of Termination of Employment or Services.

 

3.1       InGeneral. Except as otherwise expressly provided below in this Section 3, if the Grantee ceases to be employed by or ceases to provideservices to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the last day that the Grantee is employed by or provides services as a consultantor director to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries prior to a period in which the Grantee is not employed by, and does not have anysuch service relationship with, any such entity is referred to as the Grantee’s “Severance Date”), the Grantee’sStock Units shall terminate to the extent such units have not become vested pursuant to Section 2 or Section 8.2 hereof as of the SeveranceDate (regardless of the reason for such termination of employment or services, whether with or without cause, voluntarily or involuntarily).

 

If any unvested Stock Units are terminated pursuantto this Agreement, such Stock Units shall automatically terminate and be cancelled as of the applicable termination date without paymentof any consideration by the Company and without any other action by the Grantee, or the Grantee’s beneficiary or personal representative,as the case may be.

 

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency betweenthis Agreement, on the one hand, and any employment, severance or similar agreement between the Grantee and the Company entered into beforethe Award Date, on the other hand, regarding the treatment of the Award in connection with a termination of the Grantee’s employmentor services or a change in control or similar event (including, without limitation, whether and the extent to which there is any acceleratedvesting of the Award in any such circumstances), this Agreement shall control.

 

 

 

 2 

 

 

3.2       TerminationDue to Death or Disability. If the Grantee’s Severance Date occurs prior to the last day of the TSR Measurement Period as aresult of the Grantee’s death or Disability, and (other than in the case of a termination due to the Grantee’s death) if theGrantee satisfies the Release Requirement set forth below, the TSR Measurement Period shall end on the Severance Date, the Ending Pricefor the TSR Measurement Period shall be the closing price (in regular trading) for a share of Common Stock on the principal exchange onwhich such stock is traded on the last trading day before the Severance Date, and the Award shall vest on the Severance Date as to a numberof Stock Units determined in accordance with Exhibit A hereto. Any remaining Stock Units shall terminate as of the Grantee’sSeverance Date.

 

3.3       TerminationIn Connection with a Change in Control. If the Grantee’s Severance Date occurs within sixty (60) days prior to, or upon or after,a Change in Control, as a result of a termination of the Grantee’s employment by the Company without Cause or a termination by theGrantee for Good Reason, or due to the Grantee’s death or Disability upon or after a Change in Control, and in any such case both(i) the Severance Date occurs before the last day of the TSR Measurement Period and (ii) (other than in the case of a termination dueto the Grantee’s death) the Grantee satisfies the Release Requirement set forth below, any Stock Units that remain outstanding andeligible to vest following a Change in Control pursuant to Section 8.2 (to the extent not theretofore vested or terminated and after givingeffect to the crediting of the Stock Units provided under Section 8.2) shall accelerate and vest as of the Grantee’s Severance Date(or, if later, the date of the Change in Control). If both this Section 3.3 and Section 3.2 would apply in the circumstances, this Section3.3 controls. In addition, if the Grantee’s Severance Date occurs within sixty (60) days prior to a Change in Control as a resultof a termination of the Grantee’s employment by the Company without Cause or a termination by the Grantee for Good Reason, (x) thenumber of Stock Units that vest pursuant to this Section 3.3 will be determined as though the Grantee’s termination of employmenthad occurred immediately after the Change in Control, and (y) the timing requirements set forth in the Release Requirement shall be measuredfrom the date of the Change in Control and not from the Severance Date.

 

3.4       DefinedTerms; Release Requirement. For the purposes of the Award, the following definitions will apply:

 

Cause” shall have the meaningascribed to such term (or a similar term) in any written employment, severance or similar agreement between the Grantee and the Companyin effect on the Grantee’s Severance Date or, if there is no such agreement or such agreement does not include a definition of suchterm, shall mean: (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Grantee’s duties to the Company; (ii) intentionaland continual failure to substantially perform the Grantee’s reasonably assigned duties for the Company; (iii) the Grantee’sintentional conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, including but not limited to committing or cooperatingin an act of fraud, theft, or dishonesty against the Company; (iv) the Grantee’s breach of a fiduciary duty to the Company or itsshareholders; (v) the Grantee’s conviction for, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, the commission of any felony or any crimeinvolving deceit, material dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, theft, any crime that results in or is intended to result in personal enrichmentat the expense of the Company, any crime that involves the use or sale of a controlled substance, or any other offense that will adverselyaffect in any material respect the Company’s reputation or the Grantee’s ability to perform the Grantee’s obligationsor duties to the Company; or (vi) the Grantee’s violation of a material written policy of the Company or breach of a written agreementwith Company, including but not limited to a breach of any written employment, confidentiality or similar agreement between the Granteeand the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not exist under (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) unless the Company providesthe Grantee with written notice of the existence of one or more of the actions, conditions or events set forth above in such definitionof Cause, and if such action, event or condition is curable, the Grantee fails to cure such action, event or condition within thirty (30)days after receipt of such notice.

 

Change in Control” means theoccurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)       A change inthe ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, (“Person”)acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the totalvoting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stockby any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considereda Change in Control; or

 

(ii)       A change inthe effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12)month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date ofthe appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisitionof additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

 

 

 3 

 

 

(iii)       A change inthe ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquiredduring the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Companythat have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Companyimmediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following willnot constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlledby the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder ofthe Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% ormore of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly orindirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50%of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). Forpurposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets beingdisposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition of Change in Control, personswill be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisitionof stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not be deemed a Changein Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in the ownership of the Company, change in the effective control of the Companyor a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, each within the meaning of Section 409A of the Codeand any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunderfrom time to time (“Section 409A”).

 

Disability” means total andpermanent disability of the Grantee as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

Good Reason” shall have themeaning ascribed to such term (or a similar term) in any written employment, severance or similar agreement between the Grantee and theCompany in effect on the Grantee’s Severance Date or, if there is no such agreement or such agreement does not include a definitionof such term, shall mean the Grantee’s resignation within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Company has taken any of thefollowing actions without the Grantee’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction in the Grantee’s base salary, theGrantee’s target annual bonus opportunity or benefits (unless, outside of a Change in Control context, such reduction is in connectionwith a salary or benefit reduction program of general application at the senior level executives of the Company); (ii) a material breachby the Company of any written agreement with the Grantee, including the Company’s failure to obtain an agreement from any successorto the Company to assume and agree to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that theCompany would be required to perform, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law; (iii) a material adverse change in theGrantee’s title, duties or responsibilities (other than temporarily while the Grantee is disabled or as otherwise permitted by applicablelaw); or (iv) relocation of the Grantee’s principal workplace by more than forty-five (45) miles, which change results in a materialincrease in the Grantee’s one-way commute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Good Reason shall not exist unless the Grantee providesthe Company written notice of the existence of the one or more of the actions, conditions or events set forth above in this definitionof Good Reason within ninety (90) days after the initial existence or occurrence of such action, condition or event, and if such action,event or condition is curable, the Company fails to cure such action, event or condition within thirty (30) days after its receipt ofsuch notice.

 

The “Release Requirement” meansthat the Grantee timely executes and delivers to the Company a release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (a “Release”)and the Grantee does not revoke such Release within any revocation period provided by applicable law. In any circumstances where the ReleaseRequirement is applicable pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall provide the final form of Release to the Grantee not later thanseven (7) days following the Grantee’s Severance Date, and the Grantee shall be required to execute and return the Release to theCompany within twenty-one (21) days (or forty-five (45) days if such longer period of time is required to make the Release maximally enforceableunder applicable law) after the Company provides the form of Release to the Grantee.

 

 

 

 4 

 

 

4.    Continuance of Employment/Service Required; No Employment Commitment.

 

Except as expressly provided in Section 3 above,the vesting schedule requires continued employment or service through each applicable vesting date as a condition to the vesting of theapplicable installment of the Award and the rights and benefits under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in Section 3 above,employment or service for only a portion of the vesting period, even if a substantial portion, will not entitle the Grantee to any proportionatevesting or avoid or mitigate a termination of rights and benefits upon or following a termination of employment or services as providedin Section 3 above or under the Plan.

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement constitutesan employment or service commitment by the Company, affects the Grantee’s status as an employee at will who is subject to terminationwithout cause, confers upon the Grantee any right to remain employed by or in service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, interferesin any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at any time to terminate such employment or services, or affects theright of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to increase or decrease the Grantee’s other compensation or benefits. Nothing inthis paragraph, however, is intended to adversely affect any independent contractual right of the Grantee without his consent thereto.

 

5.    Timing and Manner of Payment of Stock Units.

 

On or as soon as administratively practical (andin all events not later than two and one-half months) following the date on which any Stock Units vest pursuant to any provision of thisAgreement, the Company shall deliver to the Grantee a number of shares of Common Stock (either by delivering one or more certificatesfor such shares or by entering such shares in book entry form, as determined by the Company in its discretion) equal (subject to adjustmentpursuant to Section 7.1 of the Plan) to the number of Stock Units subject to this Award that vested on such date. The Company’sobligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or otherwise make payment with respect to vested Stock Units is subject to the conditionprecedent that the Grantee or other person entitled under the Plan to receive any shares with respect to the vested Stock Units deliverto the Company any representations or other documents or assurances required pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Plan. The Grantee shall haveno further rights with respect to any Stock Units that are paid or that terminate pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

6.    Dividend and Voting Rights.

 

6.1       Limitationson Rights Associated with Units. The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, no dividend rights (exceptas expressly provided in Section 6.2 with respect to dividend equivalent rights) and no voting rights, with respect to the Stock Unitsand any shares of Common Stock underlying or issuable in respect of such Stock Units until such shares of Common Stock are actually issuedto and held of record by the Grantee. No adjustments will be made for dividends or other rights of a holder for which the record dateis prior to the date of issuance of the stock certificate.

 

6.2       DividendEquivalent Rights Distributions. As of any date that the Company pays an ordinary cash dividend on its Common Stock, the Companyshall credit the Grantee with an additional number of Stock Units equal to (i) the per share cash dividend paid by the Company on itsCommon Stock on such date, multiplied by (ii) the Total Target Number of Stock Units (including any dividend equivalents previously creditedhereunder) (with such Target Number adjusted pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Plan) outstanding and subject to the Award as of the relateddividend payment record date, divided by (iii) the fair market value of a share of Common Stock (as determined under Section 5.5 of thePlan) on the date of payment of such dividend. Any Stock Units credited pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.2 shallbe subject to the same vesting, payment and other terms, conditions and restrictions as the original Stock Units to which they relate.No crediting of Stock Units shall be made pursuant to this Section 6.2 with respect to any Stock Units which, as of such record date,have either been paid pursuant to Section 5 or terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

7.    Non-Transferability.

 

Neither the Award, nor any interest therein oramount or shares payable in respect thereof may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered,either voluntarily or involuntarily. The transfer restrictions in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (a) transfers to the Company,or (b) transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

 

 

 5 

 

 

8.    Adjustments; Change in Control.

 

8.1       Adjustments.Upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the Company’s stock contemplated by Section 7.1 of the Plan (including, withoutlimitation, an extraordinary cash dividend on such stock), the Administrator shall make adjustments in accordance with such section inthe number of Stock Units then outstanding and the number and kind of securities that may be issued in respect of the Award. No such adjustmentshall be made with respect to any ordinary cash dividend for which dividend equivalents are credited pursuant to Section 6.2. For purposesof clarity, Exhibit A controls as to any adjustment of the performance goals, criteria or metrics.

 

8.2       Changein Control. If, at any time after the Award Date and before the last day of the TSR Measurement Period, a Change in Control occurs,the following rules shall apply:

 

·The TSR Measurement Period shall end on the date of the Change in Control,the Ending Price for the TSR Measurement Period shall be the fair market value (as of the closing of the Change in Control transaction)of the consideration payable per share of Common Stock in connection with such Change in Control transaction (or if none, the closingprice (in regular trading) for a share of Common Stock on the last trading day before the Change in Control), and the Award shall be eligibleto vest as to a number of Stock Units determined in accordance with Exhibit A hereto (the “Credited Stock Units”).Any remaining Stock Units shall terminate as of the Change in Control date.

 

·The Credited Stock Units shall remain outstanding and shall vest on the lastday of the TSR Measurement Period, subject to (except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 3) the Grantee’s continued employmentor service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries through such vesting date.

 

·In the event that Section 7.2(a) of the Plan applies and the Administratorhas not made a provision for the substitution, assumption, substitution, exchange or other continuation or settlement of the Award, theAward shall vest on the Change of Control as to the number of Stock Units provided above in this Section 8.2. The second sentence of Section7.2(a) of the Plan is hereby superseded by this provision and shall not apply to the Award.

 

9.    Tax Withholding.

 

The Company shall reasonably determine the amountof any federal, state, local or other income, employment, or other taxes which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may reasonably beobligated to withhold with respect to the grant, vesting or other event with respect to the Stock Units. The Grantee shall be solely responsiblefor the satisfaction of such withholding requirements. If such withholding event occurs in connection with the distribution of sharesof Common Stock in respect of the Stock Units and subject to compliance with all applicable laws, the Company shall automatically withholdand reacquire the appropriate number of whole shares, valued at their then Fair Market Value, to satisfy any withholding obligations ofthe Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to such distribution. If, however, any withholding event occurs with respect to the StockUnits other than in connection with the distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of the Stock Units, or if the Company cannotlegally satisfy such withholding obligations by such withholding and reacquisition of shares as described above, the Company shall beentitled to require a cash payment by or on behalf of the Grantee and/or to deduct from other compensation payable to the Grantee theamount of any such withholding obligations.

 

10. Notices.

 

Any notice to be given under the terms of thisAgreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal office to the attention of the Secretary, and to the Granteeat the Grantee’s last address reflected on the Company’s employment records. Any notice shall be delivered in person or shallbe enclosed in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as aforesaid, registered or certified, and deposited (postage and registry or certificationfee prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Government or a courier of internationallyrecognized prominence. Any such notice shall be given only when received, but if the Grantee is no longer a Service Provider, shall bedeemed to have been duly given five business days after the date mailed in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.

 

 

 

 6 

 

 

11. Plan.

 

The Award and all rights of the Grantee under thisAgreement are subject to the terms and conditions of the provisions of the Plan, incorporated herein by reference. The Grantee agreesto be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Agreement (including the Grant Notice). The Grantee acknowledges having read and understandingthe Plan, the Prospectus for the Plan, and this Agreement (including the Grant Notice). Unless otherwise expressly provided in other sectionsof this Agreement, provisions of the Plan that confer discretionary authority on the Board or the Administrator do not (and shall notbe deemed to) create any rights in the Grantee unless such rights are expressly set forth herein or are otherwise in the sole discretionof the Board or the Administrator so conferred by appropriate action of the Board or the Administrator under the Plan after thedate hereof.

 

12. Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement and the Plan together constitutethe entire agreement and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, written or oral, of the parties hereto with respect to thesubject matter hereof.

 

The Plan and this Agreement may be amended pursuantto Section 8.6 of the Plan. Any such amendment must be in writing and signed by the Company. The Company may, however, unilaterally waiveany provision hereof in writing to the extent such waiver does not adversely affect the interests of the Grantee hereunder, but no suchwaiver shall operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or a waiver of any other provision hereof.

 

The Administrator will have the exclusive discretionand authority to establish administrative rules, forms and procedures for the administration of the Plan, to construe and interpret thePlan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan (including the Award and this Agreement) and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation,definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the eligibilityto participate in the Plan and amount of benefits paid under the Plan. The rules, interpretations, computations and other actions of theAdministrator will be binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

13. Limitation on Grantee’s Rights.

 

Participation in the Plan confers no rights orinterests other than as herein provided. This Agreement (including the Grant Notice) creates only a contractual obligation on the partof the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in andof itself, has any assets. The Grantee shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amountscredited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Stock Units, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Common Stockas a general unsecured creditor with respect to Stock Units, as and when payable hereunder.

 

14. Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed simultaneously inany number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15. Section Headings.

 

The section headings of this Agreement are forconvenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect any provision hereof.

 

16. Governing Law.

 

This Agreement (including the Grant Notice) shallbe governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principlesthereunder.

 

 

 

 7 

 

 

17. Construction.

 

It is intended that the terms of the Award willnot result in the imposition of any tax liability pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement (including the Grant Notice) shallbe construed and interpreted consistent with that intent.

 

18. Clawback Policy.

 

The Stock Units are subject to the terms of theCompany’s recoupment, clawback or similar policy as it may be in effect from time to time, as well as any similar provisions ofapplicable law, any of which could in certain circumstances require repayment or forfeiture of the Stock Units or any shares of CommonStock or other cash or property received with respect to the Stock Units (including any value received from a disposition of the sharesacquired upon payment of the Stock Units). The Grantee hereby agrees to promptly repay to the Company any amounts that are required tobe repaid pursuant to such policy.

 

19. Section 280G.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreementto the contrary, to the extent that any payments and benefits provided under this Agreement to or for the benefit of the Grantee, togetherwith any payments and benefits provided to or for the benefit of the Grantee under any other plan or agreement of the Company or any ofits Subsidiaries or affiliates (such payments or benefits are collectively referred to as the “Benefits”), would besubject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, the Grantee’s Benefits shallbe reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent that a reduction in the Benefits would result in the Grantee retaining a larger amount,on an after-tax basis (taking into account federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax), than if the Grantee received allof the Benefits (such reduced amount is referred to hereinafter as the “Limited Benefit Amount”). If a reduction inthe Grantee’s Benefits is required pursuant to the preceding sentence, in order to effectuate the Limited Benefit Amount, the Companyshall reduce or eliminate (if and to the extent necessary) the Grantee’s Benefits by first reducing or eliminating amounts whichare payable from any cash severance, then from any payment or benefit in respect of any equity award that is treated as contingent onthe change in ownership or control but is not covered by Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1 Q/A 24(b) or (c), then from any payment or benefitin respect of an equity award that is covered by Treas. Reg. Section 1.280G-1 Q/A 24(c), in each case in reverse order beginning withpayments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as hereinafter defined). A determination as towhether a reduction in the Grantee’s Benefits to the Limited Benefit Amount pursuant to this Section 19, and the amount of suchLimited Benefit Amount (the “Determination”), shall be made by the Company’s independent public accountants oranother certified public accounting firm or executive compensation consulting firm of national reputation designated by the Company atthe Company’s expense.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 8 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

VESTING TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

 

 

[To be determined at the time of grant]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 9 

 

Exhibit 19.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LANTRONIX, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INSIDER TRADING POLICY

 

and

 

Guidelines with Respect to Certain Transactionsin Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amended andRestated effective as of August 29, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
   
INTRODUCTION 1
Legal prohibitions on insider trading 1
Detection and prosecution of insider trading 1
Penalties for violation of insider trading laws and this Policy 1
Insider Trading Compliance Officer 2
Reporting violations 2
Personal responsibility 2
PERSONS AND TRANSACTIONS COVERED BY THIS POLICY 3
Persons covered by this Policy 3
Types of transactions covered by this Policy 3
Responsibilities regarding the nonpublic information of other companies 3
Applicability of this Policy after your departure 3
No exceptions based on personal circumstances 3
MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION 4
“Material” information 4
“Nonpublic” information 5
POLICIES REGARDING MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION 5
Confidentiality of nonpublic information 5
No trading on material nonpublic information 6
No disclosing material nonpublic information for the benefit of others 6
Responding to outside inquiries for information 6
TRADING BLACKOUT PERIODS AND PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURES 7
Quarterly blackout periods 7
Special blackout periods 7
Regulation BTR blackouts 7
Preclearance requirements 8
No “safe harbors” 8
ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS AND GUIDANCE 8
Short sales 8
Derivative securities and hedging transactions 9
Using Company securities as collateral for loans 9
Holding Company securities in margin accounts 9
Placing open orders with brokers 9
LIMITED EXCEPTIONS 10
Receipt and vesting of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights 10
Exercise of stock options for cash 10
Purchases from the employee stock purchase plan 10
Certain 401(k) plan transactions 10
Stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions 10
Bona fide gifts or charitable contributions 11
Change in form of ownership 11
Transactions under approved 10b5-1 trading plans 11
Other exceptions 11
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 11
Obligations under Section 16 11
Notification requirements to facilitate Section 16 reporting 11
Personal responsibility 11
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 12
Availability of Policy 12
Amendments 12
APPENDIX A A-1

 

 i 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Lantronix, Inc. (togetherwith its subsidiaries, the “Company”) prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of any nonpublic information acquired inthe course of your service with the Company and the misuse of material nonpublic information in securities trading. Any such actions willbe deemed violations of this Insider Trading Policy (this “Policy”) and may also be violations of federal and statesecurities laws.

 

Legal prohibitions on insider trading

 

The antifraud provisionsof U.S. federal securities laws prohibit directors, officers, employees and other individuals who possess material nonpublic informationfrom trading on the basis of that information. Transactions will be considered “on the basis of” material nonpublic informationif the person engaged in the transaction was aware of the material nonpublic information at the time of the transaction. It is not a defensethat the person did not “use” the information for purposes of the transaction.

 

Disclosing material nonpublicinformation directly or indirectly to others who then trade based on that information or making recommendations or expressing opinionsas to transactions in securities while aware of material nonpublic information (which is sometime referred to as “tipping”)is also illegal. Both the person who provides the information, recommendation or opinion and the person who trades based on it may besubject to civil and criminal liability.

 

These illegal activitiesare commonly referred to as “insider trading.” State securities laws and securities laws of other jurisdictions alsoimpose restrictions on insider trading.

 

In addition, a company,as well as individual directors, officers and other supervisory personnel, may be subject to liability as “controlling persons”for failure to take appropriate steps to prevent insider trading by those under their supervision, influence or control.

 

Detection and prosecution of insider trading

 

The U.S. Securities andExchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and state regulators (as well as the NewYork and California Attorneys General and the Department of Justice) use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to investigateand detect insider trading, and the SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice pursue insider trading violations vigorously. Cases involvingtrading through foreign accounts, trading by family members and friends and trading involving only a small number of shares have beensuccessfully prosecuted.

 

Penalties for violation of insider trading laws and this Policy

 

Civil and criminal penalties.As of the effective date of this Policy, potential penalties for insider trading violations under U.S. federal securities laws include:

 

·damages in a private lawsuit;
·disgorging any profits made or losses avoided;
·imprisonment;
·substantial criminal fines;
·substantial civil fines based on the profit gained or loss avoided;
·a bar against serving as an officer or director of a public company; and
·an injunction against future violations.

 

 

 

 1 

 

 

Civil and criminal penaltiesalso apply to tipping. The SEC has imposed large penalties in tipping cases even when the disclosing person did not trade or gain anybenefit from another person’s trading.

 

Controlling person liability.As of the effective date of this Policy, the penalty for “controlling person” liability includes civil fines, as well as potentialcriminal fines and imprisonment.

 

Company disciplinaryactions. If the Company has a reasonable basis to conclude that you have failed to comply with this Policy, you may be subject todisciplinary action by the Company, up to and including dismissal for cause, regardless of whether or not your failure to comply withthis Policy results in a violation of law. It is not necessary for the Company to wait for the filing or conclusion of any civil or criminalaction against an alleged violator before taking disciplinary action. In addition, the Company may give stop transfer and other instructionsto the Company’s transfer agent to enforce compliance with this Policy.

 

Insider Trading Compliance Officer

 

Please direct any questions,requests or reports as to any of the matters discussed in this Policy to the Company’s Insider Trading Compliance Officer (the “InsiderTrading Compliance Officer”), who is the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. The Insider Trading Compliance Officer isgenerally responsible for the administration of this Policy. The Insider Trading Compliance Officer may select others to assist with theexecution of his or her duties.

 

Reporting violations

 

It is your responsibilityto help enforce this Policy. You should be alert to possible violations and promptly report violations or suspected violations of thisPolicy to the Insider Trading Compliance Officer. If your situation requires that your identity be kept secret, your anonymity will bepreserved to the greatest extent reasonably possible. If you wish to remain anonymous, you may send a letter addressed to the InsiderTrading Compliance Officer at 48 Discovery, Suite 250, Irvine, CA 92618. If you make an anonymous report, please provide as much detailas possible, including any evidence that you believe may be relevant to the issue.

 

Personal responsibility

 

The ultimate responsibilityfor complying with this Policy and applicable laws and regulations rests with you. You should use your best judgment at all times andconsult with your personal legal and financial advisors, as needed. We advise you to seek assistance if you have any questions at all.The rules relating to insider trading can be complex, and a violation of insider trading laws can carry severe consequences.

 

 

 

 

 

 2 

 

 

PERSONS AND TRANSACTIONS COVERED BY THISPOLICY

 

Persons covered by this Policy

 

This Policy applies toall directors, officers, employees and agents (such as consultants and independent contractors) of the Company. References in this Policyto “you” (as well as general references to directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company) should also be understoodto include members of your immediate family, persons with whom you share a household, persons that are your economic dependents, any corporations,partnerships or other business entities controlled or managed by you, any trusts for which you are the trustee or have a beneficial pecuniaryinterest, and any other individuals or entities whose transactions in securities you influence, direct or control. You are responsiblefor making sure that these other individuals and entities comply with this Policy.

 

Types of transactions covered by this Policy

 

Except as discussed inthe section entitled “Limited Exceptions,” this Policy applies to all transactions involving the securitiesof the Company or the securities of other companies as to which you possess material nonpublic information obtained in the course of yourservice with the Company. This Policy therefore applies to purchases, sales, gifts, charitable contributions and other transfers of commonstock, options, warrants, preferred stock, debt securities (such as debentures, bonds and notes) and other securities. This Policy alsoapplies to any arrangements that affect economic exposure to changes in the prices of these securities. These arrangements may include,among other things, transactions in derivative securities (such as exchange-traded put or call options), hedging transactions, short salesand certain decisions with respect to participation in benefit plans. This Policy also applies to any offers with respect to the transactionsdiscussed above. You should note that there are no exceptions from insider trading laws or this Policy based on the size of the transaction.

 

Responsibilities regarding the nonpublic information of othercompanies

 

This Policy prohibits theunauthorized disclosure or other misuse of any nonpublic information of other companies, such as the Company’s distributors, vendors,customers, collaborators, suppliers and competitors. This Policy also prohibits insider trading and tipping based on the material nonpublicinformation of other companies.

 

Applicability of this Policy after your departure

 

You are expected to complywith this Policy until such time as you are no longer affiliated with the Company and you no longer possess any material nonpublicinformation subject to this Policy. In addition, if you are subject to a trading blackout under this Policy at the time you cease to beaffiliated with the Company, you are expected to abide by the applicable trading restrictions until at least the end of the relevant blackoutperiod.

 

No exceptions based on personal circumstances

 

There may be instanceswhere you suffer financial harm or other hardship or are otherwise required to forego a planned transaction because of the restrictionsimposed by this Policy. Personal financial emergency or other personal circumstances are not mitigating factors under securities lawsand will not excuse a failure to comply with this Policy.

 

 

 

 

 

 3 

 

 

MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION

 

“Material” information

 

Information should be regardedas material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in deciding whether to buy, holdor sell securities or would view the information as significantly altering the total mix of information in the marketplace about the issuerof the security. In general, any information that could reasonably be expected to affect the market price of a security is likely to bematerial. Either positive or negative information may be material.

 

It is not possible to defineall categories of “material” information. However, some examples of information that could be regarded as material includeinformation with respect to:

 

·Financial results, financial condition, earnings pre-announcements, guidance, projections or forecasts,particularly if inconsistent with the Company’s guidance or the expectations of the investment community;
·Restatements of financial results, or material impairments, write-offs or restructurings;
·Changes in independent auditors, or notification that the Company may no longer rely on an audit report;
·Business plans or budgets;
·Creation of significant financial obligations, or any significant default under or acceleration of anyfinancial obligation;
·Impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems;
·Significant developments involving business relationships, including execution, modification or terminationof significant agreements or orders with customers, suppliers, distributors, manufacturers or other business partners;
·Product introductions, modifications, defects or recalls or significant pricing changes or other productannouncements of a significant nature;
·Significant developments in research and development or relating to intellectual property;
·Significant legal or regulatory developments, whether actual or threatened;
·Major events involving a company’s securities, including calls of securities for redemption, adoptionof stock repurchase programs, option repricings, stock splits, changes in dividend policies, public or private securities offerings, modificationto the rights of security holders or notice of delisting;
·Significant cybersecurity incidents, such as a data breach, or any other significant disruption in a company’soperations or loss, potential loss, breach or unauthorized access of its property or assets, whether at its facilities or through itsinformation technology infrastructure;

 

 

 4 

 

 

·Significant corporate events, such as a pending or proposed merger, joint venture or tender offer, a significantinvestment, the acquisition or disposition of a significant business or asset or a change in control of the company;
·The existence of a special blackout period; and
·Major personnel changes, such as changes in senior management or lay-offs.

 

If you have any questionsas to whether information should be considered “material,” you should consult with the Insider Trading Compliance Officer.In general, it is advisable to resolve any close questions as to the materiality of any information by assuming that the information ismaterial.

 

“Nonpublic” information

 

Information is considerednonpublic if the information has not been broadly disseminated to the public for a sufficient period to be reflected in the price of thesecurity. Information can be broadly disseminated to the public in a press release, a public filing with the SEC, a pre-announced publicwebcast or another broad, non-exclusionary form of public communication. Any questions as to whether information is nonpublic should bedirected to the Insider Trading Compliance Officer.

 

Although there is no fixedperiod for how long it takes the market to absorb information, out of prudence a person in possession of material nonpublic informationshould refrain from any trading activity until the close of business on the second full trading day following the date of public disclosureof the information. The term “trading day” means a day on which national stock exchanges are open for trading. A “full”trading day has elapsed when, after the public disclosure, trading in the relevant security has opened and then closed.

 

POLICIES REGARDING MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION

 

Confidentiality of nonpublic information

 

The unauthorized use ordisclosure of nonpublic information relating to the Company or other companies is prohibited. All nonpublic information you acquire inthe course of your service with the Company may only be used for legitimate Company business purposes. In addition, nonpublic informationof others should be handled in accordance with the terms of any relevant nondisclosure agreements, and the use of any such nonpublic informationshould be limited to the purpose for which it was disclosed.

 

You must use all reasonableefforts to safeguard nonpublic information in the Company’s possession. You may not disclose nonpublic information about the Companyor any other company, unless required by law, or unless (i) disclosure is required for legitimate Company business purposes,

 

(ii) you are authorizedto disclose the information and (iii) appropriate steps have been taken to prevent misuse of that information (for example, entering intoan appropriate nondisclosure agreement that restricts the disclosure and use of the information, if applicable). This restriction alsoapplies to internal communications within the Company and to communications with agents of the Company. In cases where disclosing nonpublicinformation to third parties is required, you should coordinate with the Legal Department.

 

In addition, all officers,employees and agents of the Company are required to comply with any confidential information or invention assignment agreement with theCompany to which they are subject.

 

 

 

 5 

 

 

No trading on material nonpublic information

 

Except as discussed inthe section entitled “Limited Exceptions” below, you may not, directly or indirectly through others, engage in anytransaction involving the Company’s securities while aware of material nonpublic information relating to the Company. Itis not an excuse that you did not “use” the information in your transaction.

 

Similarly, you may notengage in transactions involving the securities of any other company if you are aware of material nonpublic information about that company(except to the extent the transactions are analogous to those presented in the section entitled “Limited Exceptions”).For example, you may be involved in a proposed transaction involving a prospective business relationship or transaction with another company.If information about that transaction constitutes material nonpublic information for that other company, you would be prohibited fromengaging in transactions involving the securities of that other company (as well as transactions involving Company securities, if thatinformation is material to the Company). It is important to note that “materiality” is different for different companies.Information that is not material to the Company may be material to another company.

 

No disclosing material nonpublic information for the benefitof others

 

You may not disclose materialnonpublic information concerning the Company or any other company to friends, family members or any other person or entity not authorizedto receive such information where such person or entity may benefit by trading on the basis of such information. In addition, you maynot make recommendations or express opinions on the basis of material nonpublic information as to trading in the securities of companiesto which such information relates. You are prohibited from engaging in these actions whether or not you derive any profit or personalbenefit from doing so. This prohibition against disclosure of material nonpublic information includes disclosure (even anonymous disclosure)via the internet, blogs, investor forums or chat rooms where companies and their prospects are discussed.

 

Responding to outside inquiries for information

 

In the event you receivean inquiry from someone outside of the Company, such as a stock analyst, for information, you should refer the inquiry to the Company’sChief Financial Officer. The Company is required under Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) of the U.S. federal securities laws to avoid theselective disclosure of material nonpublic information. In general, the regulation provides that when a public company discloses materialnonpublic information, it must provide broad, non-exclusionary access to the information. Violations of this regulation can subject thecompany to SEC enforcement actions, which may result in injunctions and severe monetary penalties. The Company has established proceduresfor releasing material information in a manner that is designed to achieve broad public dissemination of the information immediately uponits release in compliance with applicable law. Please contact the Chief Financial Officer for specific questions.

 

In the event that you inadvertentlydisclose any material nonpublic information, you must immediately contact the Insider Trading Compliance Officer so that the requiredcorrective action may be taken.

 

 

 

 

 

 6 

 

 

TRADING BLACKOUT PERIODS AND PRECLEARANCEPROCEDURES

 

To limit the likelihoodof trading at times when there is a significant risk of insider trading exposure, the Company has instituted quarterly trading blackoutperiods and may institute special trading blackout periods from time to time. In addition, to comply with applicable legal requirements,the Company may also institute blackout periods that prevent directors and officers from trading in Company securities at a time whenemployees are prevented from trading Company securities in the Company’s 401(k) plan.

 

It is important to notethat whether or not you are subject to blackout periods, you remain subject to the prohibitions on trading on the basis of material nonpublicinformation and any other applicable restrictions in this Policy.

 

Quarterly blackout periods

 

Except as discussed inthe section entitled “Limited Exceptions” below, all employees, directors, executive officers and any agents or otherindividuals designated by the Insider Trading Compliance Officer must refrain from conducting transactions involving the Company’ssecurities during quarterly blackout periods. Even if you are not specifically identified as being subject to quarterly blackout periods,you should exercise caution when engaging in transactions during quarterly blackout periods because of the heightened risk of insidertrading exposure.

 

Quarterly blackout periodsbegin at the end of the first trading day following the fifteenth day of the last month of each fiscal quarter and end at the close ofbusiness on the second full trading day following the date of public disclosure of the financial results for that fiscal quarter. Thisperiod is a particularly sensitive time for transactions involving the Company’s securities from the perspective of compliance withapplicable securities laws due to the fact that, during this period, individuals may often possess or have access to material nonpublicinformation relevant to the expected financial results for the quarter.

 

Special blackout periods

 

From time to time, theCompany may also prohibit directors, officers, employees and agents from engaging in transactions involving the Company’s securitieswhen, in the judgment of the Insider Trading Compliance Officer, a trading blackout is warranted. The Company will generally impose specialblackout periods when there are material developments known to the Company that have not yet been disclosed to the public. For example,the Company may impose a special blackout period in anticipation of announcing interim earnings guidance or a significant transactionor business development. However, special blackout periods may be declared for any reason.

 

The Company will notifythose persons subject to a special blackout period, but is not required to explain the reason for the special blackout period. Each personwho has been so identified and notified by the Company may not engage in any transaction involving the Company’s securities andshould not disclose to others the fact of such suspension of trading until instructed otherwise by the Insider Trading Compliance Officer.

 

Regulation BTR blackouts

 

Directors and executiveofficers may also be subject to trading blackouts pursuant to Regulation Blackout Trading Restriction, or Regulation BTR, under U.S. federalsecurities laws. In general, Regulation BTR prohibits any director or executive officer from engaging in certain transactions involvingCompany securities during periods when 401(k) plan participants are prevented from purchasing, selling or otherwise acquiring or transferringan interest in certain securities held in individual account plans. Any profits realized from a transaction that violates Regulation BTRare recoverable by the Company, regardless of the intentions of the director or officer effecting the transaction. In addition, individualswho engage in such transactions are subject to sanction by the SEC as well as potential criminal liability. The Company has provided,or will provide, separate memoranda and other appropriate materials to its directors and executive officers regarding compliance withRegulation BTR.

 

The Company will notifydirectors and officers if they are subject to a blackout trading restriction under Regulation BTR. Failure to comply with an applicabletrading blackout in accordance with Regulation BTR is a violation of law and this Policy.

 

 

 

 7 

 

 

Preclearance requirements

 

Because the Company’sdirectors, executive officers, Corporate Controller, and direct reports to the Chief Executive Officer (“Covered Insiders”)are likely to obtain material nonpublic information on a regular basis, the Company requires all such persons to refrain from trading,even during an open trading window, without first pre-clearing all transactions in the Company’s securities. These procedures alsoapply to transactions by members of such person’s immediate family and others with whom such person shares a household, such person’seconomic dependents, any corporations, partnerships or other business entities controlled or managed by such person, any trusts for whichsuch person is the trustee or has a beneficial pecuniary interest, and any other individuals or entities whose transactions in securitiessuch person influences, directs or controls. The Company may find it necessary, from time to time, to require compliance with the pre-clearanceprocess from certain employees, consultants and contractors other than and in addition to Covered Insiders. The Company will notify CoveredInsiders and any other covered individuals if they are subject to the pre-clearance requirement.

 

Except as discussed inthe section entitled “Limited Exceptions” below, no Covered Insider may, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell (orotherwise make any transfer, gift, charitable contribution, pledge or loan of) any Company security at any time without first obtainingprior approval from the Insider Trading Compliance Officer and the Company’s Chief Legal Officer. A request for preclearance shouldbe submitted at least three business days in advance of the proposed transaction. The Insider Trading Compliance Officer is under no obligationto approve a transaction submitted for pre-clearance, and may determine not to permit the transaction. Transactions by the Insider TradingCompliance Officer must be pre-cleared by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Legal Officer.

 

The Insider Trading ComplianceOfficer may revoke pre-clearance of a trade at any time before a transaction is executed. Unless revoked, a grant of permission will normallyremain valid until the beginning of the next blackout period. If a transaction (or any portion of a transaction) is not executed beforethe beginning of the next blackout period, a new request for pre-clearance of the transaction will be required.

 

Notwithstanding receiptof pre-clearance, if the person requesting pre-clearance becomes aware of material nonpublic information or becomes subject to a blackoutperiod before the transaction is effected, the transaction may not be completed.

No “safe harbors”

 

There are no unconditional“safe harbors” for trades made at particular times, and all persons subject to this Policy should exercise good judgment atall times. Even when a quarterly blackout period is not in effect, you may be prohibited from engaging in transactions involving the Company’ssecurities because you possess material nonpublic information, are subject to a special blackout period or are otherwise restricted underthis Policy.

 

ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS AND GUIDANCE

 

This section addressescertain types of transactions that may expose you and the Company to significant risks. You should understand that, even though a transactionmay not be expressly prohibited by this section, you are responsible for ensuring that the transaction otherwise complies with other provisionsin this Policy that may apply to the transaction, such as the general prohibition against insider trading as well as blackout periods,to the extent applicable.

 

Short sales

 

Short sales (i.e.,the sale of a security that must be borrowed to make delivery) and “selling short against the box” (i.e., a sale witha delayed delivery) with respect to Company securities are prohibited under this Policy. Short sales may signal to the market possiblebad news about the Company or a general lack of confidence in the Company’s prospects, and an expectation that the value of theCompany’s securities will decline. In addition, short sales are effectively a bet against the Company’s success and may reducethe seller’s incentive to improve the Company’s performance. Short sales may also create a suspicion that the seller is engagedin insider trading.

 

 

 

 8 

 

 

Derivative securities and hedging transactions

 

You are prohibited fromengaging in transactions in publicly-traded options, such as puts and calls, and other derivative securities with respect to the Company’ssecurities. You and any person acting on your behalf are moreover specifically prohibited from purchasing financial instruments (includingprepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds), or otherwise engaging in transactions, that hedge or offset,or are designed to hedge or offset, any decrease in the market value of the Company’s securities. Stock options, stock appreciationrights, and other securities issued pursuant to Company benefit plans or other compensatory arrangements with the Company are not subjectto these prohibitions.

 

Transactions in derivativesecurities may reflect a short-term and speculative interest in the Company’s securities and may create the appearance of impropriety,even where a transaction does not involve trading on inside information. Trading in derivatives may also focus attention on short-termperformance at the expense of the Company’s long-term objectives. In addition, the application of securities laws to derivativestransactions can be complex, and persons engaging in derivatives transactions run an increased risk of violating securities laws.

 

Using Company securities as collateral for loans

 

If you are required tocomply with Section 16 (“Section 16”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ExchangeAct”) or the blackout periods under this Policy, you may not pledge Company securities as collateral for loans. If you defaulton the loan, the lender may sell the pledged securities as collateral in a foreclosure sale. The sale, even though not initiated at yourrequest, is still considered a sale for your benefit and, if made at a time when you are aware of material nonpublic information or otherwiseare not permitted to trade in Company securities, may result in inadvertent insider trading violations, Section 16 and Regulation BTRviolations (for officers and directors), violations of this Policy and unfavorable publicity for you and the Company. For these same reasons,even if you are not prohibited from pledging Company securities as collateral for loans, you should exercise caution when doing so.

 

Holding Company securities in margin accounts

 

If you are required tocomply with Section 16 or the blackout periods under this Policy, you may not hold Company securities in margin accounts. Under typicalmargin arrangements, if you fail to meet a margin call, the broker may be entitled to sell securities held in the margin account withoutyour consent. The sale, even though not initiated at your request, is still considered a sale for your benefit and, if made at a timewhen you are aware of material nonpublic information or are otherwise not permitted to trade, may result in inadvertent insider tradingviolations, Section 16 violations (for officers and directors), violations of this Policy and unfavorable publicity for you and the Company.For these same reasons, even if you are not prohibited from holding Company securities in margin accounts, you should exercise cautionwhen doing so.

 

Placing open orders with brokers

 

You should exercise cautionwhen placing open orders, such as limit orders or stop orders, with brokers, particularly where the order is likely to remain outstandingfor an extended period of time. Open orders may result in the execution of a trade at a time when you are aware of material nonpublicinformation or otherwise are not permitted to trade in Company securities, which may result in inadvertent insider trading violations,Section 16 and Regulation BTR violations (for officers and directors), violations of this Policy and unfavorable publicity for you andthe Company. If you are subject to blackout periods, you should so inform any broker with whom you place any open order at the time itis placed.

 

 

 

 9 

 

 

LIMITED EXCEPTIONS

 

The following are certainlimited exceptions to the restrictions imposed by the Company under this Policy. Please be aware that even if a transaction is subjectto an exception to this Policy, you will need to separately assess whether the transaction complies with applicable law. For example,even if a transaction is indicated as exempt from this Policy, you may need to comply with the “short-swing” trading restrictionsunder Section 16, to the extent applicable. You are responsible for complying with applicable law at all times.

 

Receipt and vesting of stock options, restricted stock units,restricted stock and stock appreciation rights

 

The trading restrictionsand preclearance requirements in this Policy do not apply to the grant or award to you of stock options, restricted stock units, restrictedstock or stock appreciation rights by the Company. The trading restrictions under this Policy also do not apply to the vesting, cancellationor forfeiture of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock or stock appreciation rights in accordance with applicable plansand agreements. However, the trading restrictions and preclearance requirements do apply to any subsequent sales of any such securities.

 

Exercise of stock options for cash

 

The trading restrictionsin this Policy do not apply to the exercise of stock options for cash under the Company’s stock option plans. Likewise, the tradingrestrictions under this Policy do not apply to the exercise of stock options in a stock-for-stock exercise with the Company or an electionto have the Company withhold securities to cover tax obligations in connection with an option exercise. However, the trading restrictionsunder this Policy do apply to (i) the sale of any securities issued upon the exercise of a stock option, (ii) a cashless exercise of astock option through a broker, since this involves selling a portion of the underlying shares to cover the costs of exercise, and (iii)any other market sale for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option.

 

Purchases from the employee stock purchase plan

 

The trading restrictionsand preclearance requirements in this Policy do not apply to elections with respect to participation in the Company’s employee stockpurchase plan or to purchases of securities under the plan. However, the trading restrictions and preclearance requirements do apply toany subsequent sales of any such securities.

 

Certain 401(k) plan transactions

 

The trading restrictionsand preclearance requirements in this Policy do not apply to purchases of Company stock in the 401(k) plan resulting from periodic contributionsto the plan based on your payroll contribution election. The trading restrictions and preclearance requirements do apply, however, toelections you make under the 401(k) plan to (i) increase or decrease the percentage of your contributions that will be allocated to aCompany stock fund, (ii) move balances into or out of a Company stock fund, (iii) borrow money against your 401(k) plan account if theloan will result in liquidation of some or all of your Company stock fund balance, and (iv) pre-pay a plan loan if the pre- payment willresult in the allocation of loan proceeds to a Company stock fund.

 

Stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions

 

The trading restrictionsand preclearance requirements in this Policy do not apply to a change in the number of securities held as a result of a stock split orstock dividend applying equally to all securities of a class, or similar transactions.

 

 

 

 

 10 

 

 

Bona fide gifts or charitable contributions

 

Bona fide gifts or charitablecontributions of securities generally are not considered a “sale” under insider trading laws but are subject to limitationsunder this Policy. As a general rule, no gift or charitable contribution of the Company’s securities may be made by you during ablackout period or at any time when you are aware of material nonpublic information. Bona fide gifts and charitable contributions of equitysecurities must be reported to the SEC on Form 4 within two (2) business days after such gift or contribution is made, in accordance withRule 16a-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and as with all other transactions in equity securities, it is your responsibility to promptlyinform the Company of the consummation of any gift or charitable contribution of securities.

 

Change in form of ownership

 

Transactions that involvemerely a change in the form in which you own securities are not subject to the trading restrictions or preclearance requirements underthis Policy. For example, you may transfer shares to an inter vivos trust of which you are the sole beneficiary during your lifetime.

 

Transactions under approved 10b5-1 trading plans

 

The trading restrictionsand preclearance requirements in this Policy do not apply to transactions effected under a Pre-Approved Trading Plan as defined in, andapproved and adopted in compliance with the requirements of, the Company’s Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan Policy, which is attached heretoas Appendix A and incorporated in this Policy.

 

Other exceptions

 

Any other exception fromthis Policy must be approved by the Insider Trading Compliance Officer, in consultation with the Board of Directors or an independentcommittee of the Board of Directors.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16 OF THE SECURITIESEXCHANGE ACT

 

Obligations under Section 16

 

Section 16, and the relatedrules and regulations, set forth (i) reporting obligations, (ii) limitations on “short-swing” transactions and (iii) limitationson short sales and other transactions applicable to directors, officers, large shareholders and certain other persons. Each of the Corporation’sdirectors and each officer subject to Section 16 (a “Section 16 Officer”) is required to comply with Section 16, andthe related rules and regulations, because of his or her position with the Company.

 

Notification requirements to facilitate Section 16 reporting

 

To facilitate timely reportingof transactions pursuant to Section 16 requirements, each person subject to Section 16 reporting requirements must provide, or must ensurethat his or her broker provides, the Company with detailed information (e.g., trade date, number of shares, exact price, etc.)regarding his or her transactions involving the Company’s securities, including gifts, charitable contributions, transfers, andpledges, promptly following execution.

 

Personal responsibility

 

The obligation to fileSection 16 reports, and to otherwise comply with Section 16, is personal. The Company is not responsible for the failure to comply withSection 16 requirements.

 

 

 

 11 

 

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Availability of Policy

 

This Policy will be madeavailable to all directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company when they commence service with the Company. Each director,officer, employee and agent of the Company is required to acknowledge that he or she understands, and agrees to comply with, this Policy.

 

Amendments

 

We are committed to continuouslyreviewing and updating our policies and procedures. The Company therefore reserves the right to amend, alter or terminate this Policyat any time and for any reason, subject to applicable law. A current copy of the Company’s policies regarding insider trading maybe obtained by contacting the Insider Trading Compliance Officer.

* * *

 

Nothing in this Insider Trading Policy creates or implies an employmentcontract or term of employment.

 

The policies in this Insider Trading Policy do not constitute a completelist of Company policies or a complete list of the types of conduct that can result in discipline, up to and including discharge.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 12 

 

 

APPENDIX A

 

RULE 10B5-1 TRADING PLAN POLICY

 

Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act providesan affirmative defense to insider trading that is available to a person making a purchase or sale of securities who demonstrates thatthe purchase or sale was effected pursuant to a pre-arranged “trading plan” that meets certain conditions.

 

The Company has adopted an insider tradingpolicy (the “Policy”) that provides that the trading restrictions and preclearance requirements set forth in the Policydo not apply to transactions under a pre-existing written plan, contract, instruction or arrangement under Rule 10b5-1. This AppendixA to the Policy (referred to below as the “Trading Plan Policy”) is intended to provide additional informationregarding the Company’s policy toward Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. All defined terms used in this Appendix A without definitionhave the definitions provided in the Policy.

 

The Company’s policy is to permit employees,officers, and directors to enter into trading plans, but only if those plans are pre-approved by the Company’s Insider Trading ComplianceOfficer (or in the case of plans to be entered into by the Insider Trading Compliance Officer, pre-approved by the Company’s VicePresident, Human Resources, Legal and Business Affairs). In the event the Insider Trading Compliance Officer is unavailable, he or shemay delegate pre-approval authority under this paragraph to the Vice President, Human Resources, Legal and Business Affairs, providedthat such delegation shall be set forth in writing (including by email); and provided further that the Insider Trading Compliance Officermay not delegate pre-approval authority to the Vice President, Human Resources, Legal and Business Affairs for proposed plans of the VicePresident, Human Resources, Legal and Business Affairs. In the discussion below, we use the term “Pre-Approved Trading Plan”to refer to a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan that has been pre-approved by Company management as described in this paragraph.

 

The Insider Trading Compliance Officer is assignedthe job of approving Pre-Approved Trading Plans as to form only, not as to substance. You have wide latitude in creating the terms ofa Pre-Approved Trading Plan. You may create your own Pre-Approved Trading Plan, or you may want to hire an expert to assist you in consideringthe financial, legal, and tax consequences to you of doing so.

 

The following questions and answers provide generalbackground regarding Rule 10b5-1 trading plans and information regarding the Company’s policy toward Rule 10b5-1 trading plans.

 

What is a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan?

 

A Rule 10b5-1 trading plan is a binding contract,instruction, or written plan that allows an employee, officer, or director to sell a designated number of securities at preset times andprices. If a plan is established in accordance with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1, it can act as an affirmative defense to insider tradingliability with respect to any trades made pursuant to the plan.

 

What are the requirements of the Rule 10b5-1affirmative defense?

 

A trading plan must meet the following requirementsif it is to be used as an affirmative defense under Rule 10b5-1:

 

·The plan must be adopted at the time the officer, director or employee is not aware of material non-publicinformation;

 

·The plan must be in the form of:
-a binding contract to purchase or sell the security;
-an instruction to another person to buy or sell the security for the instructing person’s account;or
-a written plan for trading securities;

 

 

 

 A-1 

 

 

·The plan must either:
-specify the amounts of securities, prices and dates for the transactions;
-include a written formula or algorithm or computer program for determining the amounts of securities tobe purchased or sold and the prices and dates for the transactions; or
-not permit the person adopting the plan (or anyone else with access to material non-public information)to “exercise any subsequent influence over how, when, or whether to effect purchases or sales”;

 

·After a plan is adopted, the purchases or sales must be made in compliance with the plan – the personadopting the plan cannot alter the plan, cause the plan to be deviated from, or enter into a corresponding or hedging securities positionwith respect to the securities to be purchased or sold under the plan; and

 

·The plan must be “entered into in good faith, and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade”the general prohibition against trading on the basis of material non-public information contained in Rule 10b-5, and the person who enteredinto the plan must act in good faith with respect to the plan for the duration of the plan.

 

Because a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan is a potentialaffirmative defense, and not an absolute protection, the person who is buying or selling securities under a plan must, when faced witha claim of insider trading, demonstrate that these requirements were met in order to rely on this defense.

It is your responsibility to establish the plan ingood faith, meaning that you are not aware of any material non-public information at the time you adopt the plan. Once your plan is established,you should not deviate from the selling parameters (we discuss modifications to plans below) or exercise any subsequent influence overhow, when, or whether to effect purchases or sales under the plan, as any attempt to alter or deviate from the plan may jeopardize theaffirmative defense for any trades made under the plan.

 

If a Pre-Approved Trading Plan is modified,altered or not abided by, any protections of the rule may be lost for trades after the time of that event, although a new Rule 10b5-1trading plan can be adopted while the person is not aware of any material non-public information. Also, entering into a correspondingor hedging transaction will disqualify trading from protection.

 

What are the advantages of these plans?

 

Rule 10b5-1 trading plans can provide an affirmativedefense to insider trading liability with respect to trades made pursuant to the plan. Specifically, your trades pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1trading plan that complies with the legal requirements will not be viewed as having been made on the basis of material non-public informationif you can demonstrate that the transactions in question were effected according to a written contract that was established in good faithwhen you were not aware of any material, non-public information and moreover that the written contract was not as part of a plan or schemeto evade the general prohibitions against trading on the basis of material non-public information and that you acted in good faith withrespect to the plan for the duration of the plan.

 

What are the disadvantages of these plans?

 

Rule 10b5-1 trading plans require you to determinein advance the specific parameters under which the plan will be buying or selling stock. As such, you will have no ability to impact transactionsunder the plan until the plan expires or a modification to the plan is completed. Further, the times during which you may modify the planwill be limited and each such modification will be treated as a termination of your original plan and the adoption of a new plan and willbe subject to the same legal requirements at the time of modification as a newly adopted Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Finally, hedging isnot permitted.

 

Should my Rule 10b5-1 trading plan bedisclosed to the Company?

 

Yes. It is required that all Rule 10b5-1 trading plansbe disclosed to and pre-approved as set forth above. This is to ensure that the arrangement complies with the Company’s policieswhen the trading plan is first adopted. Trading plans are to be submitted to the Company’s management for review a sufficient timein advance of implementation.

 

 

 

 A-2 

 

 

Will the Company publicly disclose that I adopteda Rule 10b5-1 trading plan?

 

Yes. Pursuant to the requirements of applicable federalsecurities laws or as otherwise deemed appropriate by the Company’s management, the Company will disclose material details of anyRule 10b5-1 plans or other similar plans adopted, terminated or modified by any director or officer during the relevant quarter in itsquarterly and annual reports, including the identity of the director or officer, the date of adoption, termination or modification, theduration of the plan and the aggregate number of securities covered by the plan (but, as a rule, not pricing terms). In addition, if adirector or a Section 16 Officer makes a purchase or sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a Pre-Approved Trading Plan, theCompany will disclose that fact and the date the relevant plan was adopted in the required Form 4 or Form 5 filed with the SEC.

 

Should a trading plan be on paper?

 

Yes. While Rule 10b5-1 provides flexibility as tothe structure of a plan or instruction, in the event the transactions are questioned it is essential that you be able to produce writtenevidence of the trading plan. Therefore, this Trading Plan Policy requires that all Pre-Approved Trading Plans be in writing.

 

When can I enter into a plan?

 

You may enter into a plan only when the trading windowis open and only when you are not aware of any material non-public information about the Company or its securities. Please refer to thePolicy for a discussion of the Company’s quarterly blackout periods.

 

Can my plan provide for transactions on thedate I adopt it?

 

No. To provide greater assurance that you will beable to demonstrate that you were not aware of any material non-public information at the time you adopted your plan, this Trading PlanPolicy requires that all Pre-Approved Trading Plans provide that there will not be any possible transactions under the plan until thelater of (a) 90 days after the date on which the relevant plan is signed by you, or (b) two business days following thefiling of the relevant periodic report (on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q) for the fiscal quarter in which the plan was adopted or modified, butin no event to exceed 120 days. This waiting period of between 90 and 120 days, as applicable, between the signing of the relevant planby you and the earliest possible transaction date under that plan is referred to in this Trading Plan Policy as a “Cooling-OffPeriod” and supports the position that trades made under the Pre-Approved Trading Plan were not made on the basis of materialnon-public information.

 

Should you modify your Pre-Approved Trading Plan afterit has been signed by you (including a change to the amount, price, or timing of the purchase orsale of securities or the substitution or removal of a broker thereunder), your modified Pre-Approved Trading Plan will be treated asthe termination of your original plan and the adoption of a new plan, and must provide that there will not be any possible transactionsunder the modified plan until the expiration of a new Cooling-Off Period following the date on which the modified plan is signed by you.

 

What details should I include in my plan?

 

In general, you must specify a sales period, shareamount, and limit price for all transactions to be executed under your plan. Your plan should clearly provide that no sales under theplan may occur until the expiration of the applicable Cooling-Off Period following the date on which the plan (or modified plan) is signedby you.

 

 

 

 A-3 

 

 

What securities can I include in my plan?

 

You may include shares of the Company’s commonstock that you hold outright and/or shares underlying your stock options or other equity awards, such as restricted stock units, in yourRule 10b5-1 trading plan. However, you should note that if you include shares underlying your stock options or restricted stock units,those shares may not be sold under the plan unless and until your options or restricted stock units, as applicable, have become vestedwith respect to those shares.

 

Can I use a Pre-Approved Trading Planto pay the exercise price and taxes in connection the exercise of stock options or vesting of restricted stock units, as applicable?

 

Yes. A Rule 10b5-1 trading plan can includethe sale of shares to cover tax withholding obligations upon on the exercise of stock options or the vesting of restricted stock units.It also is possible to implement a plan solely for the exercise of options. However, if you intend to exercise options and effect anycorresponding sales of those option shares, the exercise and the sale should both be provided for in the Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. Incertain instances, such plans will constitute a “Sell-to-Cover Plan” and will be excepted from certain requirements set forthin this Policy as further described below.

 

Can I use a Pre-Approved Trading Plan to makea gift?

 

Yes. The SEC has stated that a donor of securitiescould be subject to insider trading liability, if the donor gifts a security of an issuer in fraudulent breach of a duty of trust andconfidence because at the time of the gift the donor had material nonpublic information and knew – or should have known –that the recipient would sell the securities before that information was publicly disclosed. The SEC has also clarified, however, thatthe affirmative defense of Rule 10b5-1 is available for any gift that might otherwise subject the donor to insider trading liability.This Trading Plan Policy permits you to use a Pre-Approved Trading Plan when making a future gift to be effected outside of the Company’strading windows (such as at the end of the calendar year), provided the plan meets the same requirements applicable to Pre-Approved TradingPlans for sales of securities, including the relevant Cooling-Off Period. If you are a Section 16 Officer or a director, bona fide giftsand charitable contributions of equity securities must be reported to the SEC on Form 4 within two (2) business days after such gift orcontribution is made, and as with all other transactions in equity securities, it is your responsibility to promptly inform the Companyof any gift or charitable contribution of securities.

 

Am I required to certify that I was notaware of any material non-public information when I adopted the Pre-Approved Trading Plan?

 

Yes. You must include a written representationin the Pre-Approved Trading Plan that (i) you are not aware of any material non-public information at that time and (ii) you are adopting(or modifying) the Pre-Approved Trading Plan in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5or 10b5-1.

 

How do I decide how many shares to sell andat what price?

 

The terms of your plan will depend on your financialplan, investment objectives, and liquidity needs. The Company does not make recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of the Company’ssecurities or any other investment transaction by its employees.

 

Can a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan involvea limit order?

 

Yes. Rule 10b5-1 specifically contemplatesthe use of limit orders and contemplates all other standard kinds of brokerage orders.

 

 

 

 A-4 

 

 

Is there a required term for a Rule 10b5-1 tradingplan?

 

Rule 10b5-1 does not impose a minimum duration forplans. A trading plan with a very short term may, however, raise issues as to your satisfaction of the “good faith” and “noscheme to evade” requirements of Rule 10b5-1. This Trading Plan Policy requires Pre-Approved Trading Plans to have a minimum termof six months. Subject to this minimum term, you can determine the end date for your plan.

 

Can I enter into more than one Pre-ApprovedTrading Plan at a time?

 

The affirmative defense under Rule 10b5-1 is not availablefor persons entering into multiple or overlapping 10b5-1 plans for purchases or sales of Company securities on the open market, with limitedexceptions. Except as otherwise provided in Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, this Trading Plan Policy permits no more than one (1)Pre-Approved Trading Plan to be in effect at any time with respect to the purchase or sale on the open market of the Company’s securitiesbeneficially owned by you, with the exception of one later-commencing Pre-Approved Trading Plan under which trading is not authorizedto begin until after all trades under an existing, earlier-commencing Pre-Approved Trading Plan are completed or expired without execution.Such later-commencing Pre-Approved Trading Plan is subject to the applicable Cooling-Off Period; provided, however, that if the earlier-commencingplan is terminated before its originally scheduled completion date, then the Cooling-Off Period for the later-commencing plan shall runfrom the date of such earlier termination (and not from the date the later-commencing plan was adopted). Moreover, a contract, instruction,or plan providing for an eligible sell-to-cover transaction that authorizes an agent to sell only such securities as are necessary tosatisfy tax withholding obligations arising exclusively from the vesting of a compensatory award, such as restricted stock or restrictedstock units, and for which you may not otherwise exercise control over the timing of such sales (a “Sell-to-Cover Plan”),is not covered by the prohibitions on multiple plans described in this paragraph.

 

Can I enter into a Pre-Approved Trading Plancovering a single trade?

 

Other than Sell-to-Cover Plans, no more than one (1)Pre-Approved Trading Plan that is designed to effect the open-market purchase or sale of the total amount of securities as a single transactionmay be in effect within any twelve (12) month period.

 

If I enter into a Pre-Approved Trading Plan,can I sell shares outside that plan?

 

If you are in an open-window period, you can tradeshares in addition to those covered by your Pre-Approved Trading Plan. Shares identified to be sold under the Pre-Approved Trading Planand shares underlying options or restricted stock units that are identified to be sold under the Pre-Approved Trading Plan cannot be soldoutside of the plan. Please keep in mind the Company’s mandatory pre-clearance requirements for trades by directors, executive officersand certain other employees as discussed in the Policy. Moreover, shares traded outside the Pre-Approved Trading Plan will not have theaffirmative defense of Rule 10b5-1(c) even if those trades were pre-cleared under the Policy.

 

Can I terminate my Pre-Approved Trading Plan?

 

Rule 10b5-1 does not prohibit you from terminatingyour plan. There may, however, be limitations or conditions on termination in your plan. Further, you should note that the SEC has statedthat the termination of a plan or the cancellation of one or more plan transactions could affect the availability of the Rule 10b5-1(c)defense for prior plan transactions if it calls into question whether the plan was entered into in good faith. Your plan will expire accordingto its terms, based on, for example, a termination date, the sale of all identified shares, or death. The reasons a plan may be terminatedshould be specified in your plan.

 

Can I terminate my Pre-Approved TradingPlan while I am aware of any material non-public information?

 

You may terminate your Pre-Approved TradingPlan at any time, except during a quarterly or special blackout period or when you are aware of any material non-public information aboutthe Company or its securities. Please refer to the Policy for additional information regarding blackout periods. Further, please notethat the use of non-public information to terminate a Pre-Approved Trading Plan could affect the availability of the Rule 10b5-1(c) defensefor prior plan transactions if it calls into question whether the plan was entered into in good faith and, therefore, this Trading PlanPolicy does not permit termination of a Pre-Approved Trading Plan while you are aware of any material non-public information about theCompany or its securities.

 

 

 

 A-5 

 

 

If I terminate my Pre-Approved Trading Plan,may I then enter into a new plan?

 

Yes. You should note, however, that the prompt entryinto a new plan may call into question whether the terminated plan or the new plan was entered into “good faith.” This TradingPlan Policy permits the adoption of a new Pre-Approved Trading Plan following the termination of a prior plan only if the new plan providesfor a new Cooling-Off Period between the date the prior Pre-Approved Trading Plan was terminated and the date that trades may be madeunder the new Pre-Approved Trading Plan.

 

Can I modify my Pre-Approved Trading Plan?

 

Yes. However, once you have adopted a Pre-ApprovedTrading Plan, you should stick to the plan and try to refrain from making any modifications to the plan. As a general rule, you shouldnot make more than one modification to a Pre-Approved Trading Plan in any twelve (12) month period.

 

Any proposed modification to your Pre-Approved TradingPlan must be pre-approved following the same procedures that apply to the pre-approval of a new plan. This means that any proposed modification:(1) must be provided to the Insider Trading Compliance Officer and pre-approved pursuant to this Trading Plan Policy prior to its adoption;(2) may be adopted only during an open trading window; (3) must be entered into in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evadethe prohibitions of Rule 10b-5 or 10b5-1; and (4) may not be adopted at a time when you are aware of any material non-public informationabout the Company or its securities. When you request review and pre-clearance of the modification to your Pre-Approved Trading Plan bythe Company, you will be asked to certify that you are not currently aware of any such material non-public information.

 

When your original Pre-Approved Trading Plan undergoesany modifications, alterations, or amendments, it will be treated as a new Rule 10b5-1 trading plan under this Trading Plan Policy andwill require the same formalities as the original adoption of such a plan requires. Among other such requirements, your modified planmust provide that there will not be any possible sales under the modified plan until the expiration of the Cooling-Off Period followingthe date on which the modified plan is signed by you.

 

Can the Company cause my Pre-Approved TradingPlan to be suspended or terminated?

 

Yes, if the Company determines that suspension ortermination of the Pre-Approved Trading Plan is in the best interests of the Company.

 

Can I trade during a Company-prescribedblackout pursuant to a Pre-Approved Trading Plan that I adopted before the blackout period?

 

Yes, but only pursuant to the Pre-ApprovedTrading Plan itself. The Policy allows Rule 10b5-1 trading plans that may provide for future sales during or outside blackout periods.However, under this Trading Plan Policy you cannot do the following during a blackout period: (1) adopt a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan; (2)modify a Pre-Approved Trading Plan; (3) terminate a Pre-Approved Trading Plan; or (4) communicate any material non-public informationto any person handling the Pre-Approved Trading Plan.

 

After a Pre-Approved Trading Plan isin place can I talk to my broker about the plan?

 

It is a requirement of the affirmative defenseprovided by Rule 10b5-1 that you act in good faith with respect to a Pre-Approved Trading Plan adopted by you for the duration of theplan. Sometimes you cannot or should not communicate with the broker. If you are aware of any material non-public information, you maynot modify, alter, amend, or terminate any Pre-Approved Trading Plan or exercise any subsequent influenceover how, when, or whether to effect purchases or sales and, therefore, you should not have any communication with the broker about thetrading plan. If you have established a trading account where the broker has discretion to trade, you must never give the broker any materialnon-public information. If the broker were to have such information, the broker could not make any discretionary sales or otherwise changethe trading plan.

 

However, if you are not aware of any materialnon-public information and you are not affected by a blackout period, it is permissible for you to modify your Pre-Approved Trading Plan,as discussed above.

 

 

 

 A-6 

 

 

What else do I need to consider when settingup a plan?

 

Rule 10b5-1 is not the only rule you need to takeinto consideration. For example, officers and directors have filing requirements that are not dealt with in this document, including therequired filings under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 16. You should consult an attorney as appropriate.Further, you also should consult your financial and tax advisors about the financial, tax, and estate planning implications of your plan.

 

Please understand that none of the Company,the Company’s management, nor any other employee, officer, director, or representative of the Company is making or will make anyrepresentation or warranty as to whether a trading plan you adopt complies with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 or any other applicablesecurities laws, nor will they make any determination regarding whether the timing of entry into such a trading plan or of any modificationto such plan is appropriate. Compliance with those requirements is solely your responsibility, notwithstanding the fact that a representativeof the Company has pre-cleared your trading plan. Further, the pre-clearance of your trading plan relates to the form of that tradingplan only and not the substance of the trading plan. We strongly encourage you to consult with your legal, financial, and tax advisorsbefore adopting, modifying, altering, or amending a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan.

 

*     *     *

[The remainder of this page intentionallyleft blank.]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 A-7 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

Subsidiary Jurisdiction of Formation
Lantronix Holding Company Delaware, U.S.A.
Lantronix India Private Limited India
Lantronix Hong Kong Limited Hong Kong  
Lantronix Japan K.K.   Japan 
Lantronix UK Ltd. United Kingdom

  

 

Subsidiaries of Lantronix Holding Company

 

Subsidiary Jurisdiction of Formation
Lantronix Canada, ULC Canada
Lantronix IoT GmbH Germany

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTINGFIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation byreference in the Registration Statements on S-8 (Nos. 333-172117, 333-188490, 333-210982, 333-227128, 333-228399, 333-231040, 333-236392,333-248630, 333-256291, 333-268743, 333-274486, 333-279979 and 333-284750) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-227127, 333-228398, 333-259454 and 333-284749)of Lantronix, Inc. of our report dated August 29, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internalcontrol over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2025.

 

/s/ BAKER TILLY US, LLP

 

 

Chicago, Illinois

August 29, 2025

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Saleel Awsare, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Lantronix, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: August 29, 2025 /s/ SALEEL AWSARE
   

Saleel Awsare

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Brent Stringham, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Lantronix, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: August 29, 2025 /s/ BRENT STRINGHAM
   

Brent Stringham

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEFFINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The following certifications are being furnished solelyto accompany the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2025 (the “Report”) pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350,and pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-8238 are being “furnished” to the SEC rather than “filed” either as part ofthe Report or as a separate disclosure statement, and are not to be incorporated by reference into the Report or any other filing of Lantronix,Inc. (the “Company”), whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in suchfiling. The following certifications shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Actof 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to liability under that section.

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of the Company hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

(i) the Report fully complies with the requirementsof Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairlypresents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of, and for, the periods presentedin such Report.

 

Date: August 29, 2025 By: /s/ SALEEL AWSARE
     

Name: Saleel Awsare

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of the Company hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

(i) the Report fully complies with the requirementsof Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairlypresents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of, and for, the periods presentedin such Report.

 

Date: August 29, 2025 By: /s/ BRENT STRINGHAM
     

Name: Brent Stringham

Title: Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Exhibit 97.1

 

Policy Regarding the Recoupment of Certain CompensationPayments

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on August 29, 2023

 

In the event Lantronix, Inc. (the“Company”) is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with anyfinancial reporting requirement under the securities laws (including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previouslyissued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements or that would result in a material misstatementif the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period), the Company shall recover reasonably promptlythe amount of any erroneously awarded Incentive-Based Compensation from each Covered Individual unless an exception (set forth below)applies.

 

Incentive-Based Compensation shallbe considered “erroneously awarded” under this policy to the extent such Incentive-Based Compensation (1) is received by theCovered Individual on or after the effective date of Rule 5608 of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) Rules and while theCompany has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or a national securities association, (2) is received by theCovered Individual during the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the date that the Company is required to prepare theaccounting restatement (and any transition period applicable to a change in the Company’s fiscal year as required by Nasdaq listingrules), and (3) the amount of such received Incentive-Based Compensation exceeds the amount of the Incentive-Based Compensation that wouldhave been received by the Covered Individual had it been determined based on the restated financial results (with such Incentive-BasedCompensation computed in each case without regard to any taxes paid). For purposes of this policy, the date that the Company is requiredto prepare the accounting restatement is the earlier to occur of (A) the date the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”),or a committee of the Board, or the officer or officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required,concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare such accounting restatement, or (B) the date acourt, regulator, or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare such accounting restatement.

 

For purposes of this policy, Incentive-BasedCompensation is considered “received” by a Covered Individual in the Company’s fiscal period during which the FinancialReporting Measure applicable to the Incentive-Based Compensation is attained, even if the payment or grant of the Incentive-Based Compensationoccurs after the end of that fiscal period. For Incentive-Based Compensation based on stock price or total shareholder return, where theamount of erroneously awarded compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in an accountingrestatement, the amount of erroneously awarded compensation will be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”)based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the accounting restatement on the stock price or total shareholder return upon which theIncentive-Based Compensation was received. The Company must maintain documentation of the determination of that reasonable estimate andprovide such documentation to Nasdaq as required by Nasdaq listing rules. If the erroneously awarded Incentive-Based Compensation consistsof shares (including share-denominated equity awards) or options that are still held by the Covered Individual at the time of recovery,the recoverable amount is the number of shares or options received in excess of the number of shares or options that would have been receivedbased on the accounting restatement (or the value of that excess number). If the options have been exercised but the underlying shareshave not been sold, the recoverable amount is the number of shares underlying the excess options based on the restatement (or the valuethereof). If the shares have been sold, the recoverable amount is the proceeds that were received in connection with the sale of the excessnumber of shares. Amounts credited under plans (other than tax-qualified plans for which the exception set forth below applies) basedon erroneously awarded Incentive-Based Compensation and any accrued earnings thereon are also recoverable under this policy.

 

The Company shall not be requiredunder this policy to recover erroneously awarded Incentive-Based Compensation if the Committee has made a determination that recoverywould be impracticable and either of the following conditions are met: (1) after making a reasonable attempt to recover such erroneouslyawarded Incentive-Based Compensation, the Committee determines that the direct expense paid to a third party to assist in enforcing thispolicy would exceed the amount to be recovered (documentation evidencing the reasonable attempt to recover the erroneously awarded Incentive-BasedCompensation must be maintained and provided to Nasdaq as required by Nasdaq listing rules), or (2) the recovery would likely cause anotherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirementsof Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(13) or Internal Revenue Code Section 411(a) and the regulations thereunder.

 

 

 

 1 

 

 

For purposes of this policy, thefollowing definitions will apply:

 

·Covered Individual” meansany current or former officer of the Company who is or was subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, atany time during the applicable performance period for the relevant Incentive-Based Compensation, regardless of whether such individualcontinues to hold such position or continues to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

·Incentive-Based Compensation”means any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure.

 

·Financial Reporting Measures”means measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financialstatements, and any measures that are derived wholly or in part from such measures (including, for purposes of this policy, stock priceand total shareholder return). A Financial Reporting Measure need not be presented within the Company’s financial statements orincluded in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

This policy is intended to complywith the requirements of Rule 10D-1 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the related listing rules of Nasdaq, andthe terms hereof shall be construed consistent with that intent. This policy does not limit any other remedies the Company may have availableto it in the circumstances, which may include, without limitation, dismissing an employee or initiating other disciplinary procedures.The provisions of this policy are in addition to (and not in lieu of) any rights to repayment the Company may have under Section 304 ofthe Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (applicable to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer only) and other applicable laws.The Company shall not indemnify any Covered Individual against the loss of erroneously-awarded Incentive-Based Compensation that is recoveredby the Company pursuant to this policy.

 

The Committee shall have the soleauthority to construe and interpret this policy and to make all determinations required to be made pursuant to this policy. Any such construction,interpretation or determination by the Committee shall be final and binding.

 

The Committee may revise thispolicy from time to time.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2